HK40014693B - Apparatuses, systems and methods for imaging micro-objects - Google Patents
Apparatuses, systems and methods for imaging micro-objects Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- HK40014693B HK40014693B HK62020003928.2A HK62020003928A HK40014693B HK 40014693 B HK40014693 B HK 40014693B HK 62020003928 A HK62020003928 A HK 62020003928A HK 40014693 B HK40014693 B HK 40014693B
- Authority
- HK
- Hong Kong
- Prior art keywords
- lens
- optical device
- microfluidic device
- light
- microfluidic
- Prior art date
Links
Description
相关申请Related applications
本申请基于35U.S.C.§119(e)要求2016年12月1日提交的美国临时申请第62/429,066号的权益,其公开内容通过引用并入本文。This application claims the benefit under 35 U.S.C. §119(e) of U.S. Provisional Application No. 62/429,066, filed December 1, 2016, the disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference.
本说明书中提及的所有出版物和专利申请全文以引用的方式并入本文,其程度如同每个单独的出版物或专利申请被具体地且单独地指示为通过引用并入。All publications and patent applications mentioned in this specification are herein incorporated by reference in their entirety to the same extent as if each individual publication or patent application was specifically and individually indicated to be incorporated by reference.
背景技术Background Art
随着微流体的领域不断发展,微流体装置已成为用于处理和操纵诸如生物细胞的微物体的便利平台。例如,光致动的微流体装置提供一些期望的能力,包括选择和操纵各个微物体的能力。通常,光致动的微流体装置(例如,光电镊子(OET)装置)利用光学诱导的介电泳(DEP)来操纵微物体。例如,微物体可以在微流体装置周围移动并被合并在微流体装置内。对诸如单细胞的微物体的同时操纵、分析和选择在生物发现和开发以及单细胞注释和基因组学方面能够发挥价值。As the field of microfluidics continues to develop, microfluidic devices have become a convenient platform for processing and manipulating micro-objects such as biological cells. For example, light-activated microfluidic devices provide some desired capabilities, including the ability to select and manipulate individual micro-objects. Typically, light-activated microfluidic devices (e.g., optoelectronic tweezers (OET) devices) utilize optically induced dielectrophoresis (DEP) to manipulate micro-objects. For example, micro-objects can be moved around a microfluidic device and incorporated within the microfluidic device. The simultaneous manipulation, analysis, and selection of micro-objects such as single cells can be valuable in biological discovery and development, as well as single-cell annotation and genomics.
然而,常规显微镜不是被设计成观察微流体装置中的微物体,尤其是光致动的微流体装置。因此,通过使用常规显微镜获得的微物体的图像可能具有大的像差,这降低了图像的质量。此外,常规显微镜中的光学设备设计可能在图像中具有一定量的离焦光,这可能导致图像中的高强度噪声并且降低图像的对比度和分辨率。此外,由于可用于微流体装置的光学设备的有限的紧凑空间,对于光学设备通常存在限制。因此,需要开发用于成像和操纵微物体以克服上述问题和挑战的设备、系统和相关方法。However, conventional microscopes are not designed to observe micro-objects in microfluidic devices, especially light-actuated microfluidic devices. Therefore, images of micro-objects obtained using conventional microscopes may have large aberrations, which reduces the quality of the image. In addition, the optical equipment design in conventional microscopes may have a certain amount of out-of-focus light in the image, which may cause high-intensity noise in the image and reduce the contrast and resolution of the image. In addition, due to the limited compact space available for the optical equipment of microfluidic devices, there are generally limitations on the optical equipment. Therefore, there is a need to develop devices, systems and related methods for imaging and manipulating micro-objects to overcome the above-mentioned problems and challenges.
发明内容Summary of the Invention
本公开涉及用于成像和操纵微物体的光学设备、系统和方法。具体地,本公开涉及用于在光致动的微流体装置中成像和操纵微物体的光学设备以及相关的系统和方法。The present disclosure relates to optical devices, systems, and methods for imaging and manipulating micro-objects. In particular, the present disclosure relates to optical devices, systems, and methods for imaging and manipulating micro-objects in light-actuated microfluidic devices.
本文公开了用于在诸如光致动微流体(LAMF)装置的微流体装置中成像和/或操纵微物体的光学设备。光学设备可以包括第一光源、结构光调制器、第一镜筒透镜、物镜、二向色分束器、第二镜筒透镜和图像传感器。结构光调制器可以被配置为接收来自第一光源的非结构光束并且将结构光束传输到第一镜筒透镜。结构光束可以适于选择性地激活LAMF设备的衬底的表面上的多个介电泳(DEP)电极中的一个或多个。第一镜筒透镜可以被配置为从结构光调制器捕获结构光束。物镜可以被配置为对视场内的微流体装置的外壳的至少一部分进行成像。外壳可以包括流动区域和/或多个隔离坞,多个隔离坞中的每个隔离坞流地体连接到流动区域。二向色分束器可以被配置为将结构光束从第一镜筒透镜反射(或透射)到物镜且将从物镜接收的图像光束透射(或反射)到第二镜筒透镜。第二镜筒透镜可以被配置为接收来自二向色分束器的图像光束并且将光束透射到图像传感器。图像传感器可以被配置为从第二镜筒透镜接收图像光束并且由此生成微流体装置的外壳的至少一部分的图像。光学设备可以被配置为执行微流体装置的外壳内的一个或多个微物体的成像、分析和操纵。Disclosed herein is an optical device for imaging and/or manipulating micro-objects in a microfluidic device, such as a light-actuated microfluidic (LAMF) device. The optical device may include a first light source, a structured light modulator, a first tube lens, an objective lens, a dichroic beam splitter, a second tube lens, and an image sensor. The structured light modulator may be configured to receive an unstructured light beam from the first light source and transmit a structured light beam to the first tube lens. The structured light beam may be adapted to selectively activate one or more of a plurality of dielectrophoresis (DEP) electrodes on a surface of a substrate of the LAMF device. The first tube lens may be configured to capture the structured light beam from the structured light modulator. The objective lens may be configured to image at least a portion of a housing of the microfluidic device within a field of view. The housing may include a flow region and/or a plurality of isolation docks, each of the plurality of isolation docks being fluidically connected to the flow region. The dichroic beam splitter may be configured to reflect (or transmit) the structured light beam from the first tube lens to the objective lens and to transmit (or reflect) an image beam received from the objective lens to the second tube lens. The second tube lens can be configured to receive the image beam from the dichroic beam splitter and transmit the beam to the image sensor. The image sensor can be configured to receive the image beam from the second tube lens and thereby generate an image of at least a portion of the housing of the microfluidic device. The optical apparatus can be configured to perform imaging, analysis, and manipulation of one or more micro-objects within the housing of the microfluidic device.
在一些实施方式中,第一镜筒透镜具有大于45mm的通光孔径,并且被配置为捕获来自结构光调制器的所有光束。在一些实施方式中,结构光调制器包括至少15mm(例如,至少15.5mm、16.0mm、16.5mm、17.0mm或更大)的有效面积。在一些实施方式中,第一镜筒透镜具有约162mm或更短(例如,约161mm、约160mm、约159mm、约158mm、约157mm、约156mm、约155mm或更短)的有效焦距。在一些实施方式中,第一镜筒透镜具有约155mm的有效焦距。In some embodiments, the first tube lens has a clear aperture greater than 45 mm and is configured to capture all light beams from the structured light modulator. In some embodiments, the structured light modulator comprises an effective area of at least 15 mm (e.g., at least 15.5 mm, 16.0 mm, 16.5 mm, 17.0 mm, or greater). In some embodiments, the first tube lens has an effective focal length of approximately 162 mm or less (e.g., approximately 161 mm, approximately 160 mm, approximately 159 mm, approximately 158 mm, approximately 157 mm, approximately 156 mm, approximately 155 mm, or less). In some embodiments, the first tube lens has an effective focal length of approximately 155 mm.
在一些实施方式中,光学设备还可以包括被配置为提供非结构亮场照明的第二光源。在一些实施方式中,光学设备还可以包括第三光源。第二(或第三)光源可以是例如LED或激光光源。激光光源可被配置为加热微流体装置的外壳内的表面和/或位于外壳内的流体介质。表面或介质的加热可导致气体(例如,气泡)的产生。In some embodiments, the optical device may further include a second light source configured to provide unstructured bright field illumination. In some embodiments, the optical device may further include a third light source. The second (or third) light source may be, for example, an LED or a laser light source. The laser light source may be configured to heat a surface within the housing of the microfluidic device and/or a fluid medium within the housing. The heating of the surface or medium may result in the generation of gas (e.g., bubbles).
在一些实施方式中,光学设备还可以包括被配置为在成像期间固定微流体装置的巢(nest)。所述巢还可以被配置为提供与所述微流体装置和/或流体连接的至少一个电连接。In some embodiments, the optical apparatus can further include a nest configured to hold the microfluidic device during imaging. The nest can also be configured to provide at least one electrical connection to the microfluidic device and/or fluidic connection.
在一些实施方式中,结构光调制器透射(或传输,transmit)多个照明光束。在一些实施方式中,光学设备被配置为利用多个照明点照亮多个隔离坞。例如,多个隔离坞中的每个隔离坞可以用单个照明点照明,并且每个照明点的尺寸可以被确定为照亮其正在照明的隔离坞的全部或一部分。在一些实施方式中,所述多个照明点中的每一者具有约60微米×120微米的大小。在一些实施方式中,所述多个照明点中的每一者具有约7000到约20000平方微米(例如,由约7000平方微米到约10,000平方微米、约10,000平方微米到约15,000的平方微米、约15,000平方微米至约20,000平方微米中的前述端点中的两个限定的任意范围)。In some embodiments, the structured light modulator transmits (or transmits) multiple illumination beams. In some embodiments, the optical device is configured to illuminate multiple isolation docks using multiple illumination points. For example, each of the multiple isolation docks can be illuminated with a single illumination point, and the size of each illumination point can be determined to illuminate all or a portion of the isolation dock it is illuminating. In some embodiments, each of the multiple illumination points has a size of approximately 60 microns by 120 microns. In some embodiments, each of the multiple illumination points has an area of approximately 7,000 to approximately 20,000 square microns (e.g., any range defined by two of the aforementioned endpoints of approximately 7,000 square microns to approximately 10,000 square microns, approximately 10,000 square microns to approximately 15,000 square microns, or approximately 15,000 square microns to approximately 20,000 square microns).
在一些实施方式中,光学设备还被配置为使得视场内的外壳的部分同时聚焦在图像传感器和结构光调制器处。在一些实施方式中,所述光学设备进一步被配置为使得仅所述外壳的一部分(例如,所述流动区域的内部区域和/或所述多个隔离坞中的每一者)成像到所述图像传感器上以便减小总体噪声以实现高图像质量。在一些实施方式中,所述结构光调制器位于所述图像传感器的共轭平面处。在一些实施方式中,光学设备还被配置为执行共焦成像。在其他实施方式中,光学设备包括滑动透镜,该滑动透镜可滑动地定位在结构光调制器和第一镜筒透镜之间,其中,滑动透镜被配置为支持叠层显微成像技术。In some embodiments, the optical device is further configured to focus a portion of the housing within the field of view simultaneously on the image sensor and the structured light modulator. In some embodiments, the optical device is further configured to image only a portion of the housing (e.g., an interior area of the flow region and/or each of the plurality of isolation docks) onto the image sensor to reduce overall noise for high image quality. In some embodiments, the structured light modulator is located at a conjugate plane of the image sensor. In some embodiments, the optical device is further configured to perform confocal imaging. In other embodiments, the optical device includes a sliding lens slidably positioned between the structured light modulator and the first barrel lens, wherein the sliding lens is configured to support stacked microscopy techniques.
在一些实施方式中,物镜被配置为使多个隔离坞的至少一部分的图像中的像差最小化。在一些实施方式中,第二镜筒透镜被配置为校正物镜的残余像差。在一些实施方式中,所述光学设备还可以包括校正透镜,所述校正透镜被配置为校正所述物镜的残余像差。校正透镜可位于物镜前方(即,物镜与微流体装置之间)或物镜后方(即,物镜与二向色分束器之间)。In some embodiments, the objective lens is configured to minimize aberrations in an image of at least a portion of the plurality of isolation docks. In some embodiments, the second tube lens is configured to correct for residual aberrations of the objective lens. In some embodiments, the optical device may further include a correction lens configured to correct for residual aberrations of the objective lens. The correction lens may be located in front of the objective lens (i.e., between the objective lens and the microfluidic device) or behind the objective lens (i.e., between the objective lens and the dichroic beam splitter).
在一些实施方式中,所述光学设备还可以包括控制单元,所述控制单元被配置为调整所述结构光调制器的照明图案以选择性地激活所述多个DEP电极中的所述一个或多个且产生DEP力以移动所述多个隔离坞内的所述一个或多个微物体。在一些实施方式中,光学设备还可以包括控制单元,该控制单元被配置为调整结构光调制器的照明图案以照射微流体装置内的选择区域(例如,流动区域的一部分和/或一个或多个隔离坞的一部分)以及可选地位于选择区域内的一个或多个微物体。In some embodiments, the optical device may further include a control unit configured to adjust the illumination pattern of the structured light modulator to selectively activate one or more of the plurality of DEP electrodes and generate a DEP force to move the one or more micro-objects within the plurality of isolated docks. In some embodiments, the optical device may further include a control unit configured to adjust the illumination pattern of the structured light modulator to illuminate a selected area within the microfluidic device (e.g., a portion of the flow area and/or a portion of one or more isolated docks) and, optionally, one or more micro-objects located within the selected area.
本文公开的是一种用于成像和操纵微物体的系统。该系统可以包括微流体装置,例如光致动微流体(LAMF)装置、光学设备和巢。所述微流体装置可以包括外壳和衬底,所述衬底包括表面和在所述表面上的多个介电泳(DEP)电极。在一些实施方式中,微流体装置的外壳包括流动区域和任选地多个隔离坞,多个隔离坞中的每个隔离坞流体连接到流动区域。流动区域和多个隔离坞可以设置在衬底表面上。可为本文中所描述的光学设备中的任一者的光学设备可以被配置为执行外壳内的一个或多个微物体的成像、分析和/或操纵。Disclosed herein is a system for imaging and manipulating micro-objects. The system may include a microfluidic device, such as a light-actuated microfluidic (LAMF) device, an optical device, and a nest. The microfluidic device may include a housing and a substrate, the substrate including a surface and a plurality of dielectrophoresis (DEP) electrodes on the surface. In some embodiments, the housing of the microfluidic device includes a flow region and optionally a plurality of isolation docks, each of the plurality of isolation docks being fluidically connected to the flow region. The flow region and the plurality of isolation docks may be disposed on the substrate surface. The optical device, which may be any of the optical devices described herein, may be configured to perform imaging, analysis, and/or manipulation of one or more micro-objects within the housing.
一些实施方式,所述系统还包括控制单元,所述控制单元被配置为调节所述结构光调制器的照明图案,以选择性地激活所述微流体装置的所述衬底的所述多个DEP电极中的一个或多个,由此产生足够的DEP力来移动所述外壳内的所述一个或多个单元。在一些实施方式中,所述系统进一步包括控制单元,所述控制单元被配置为调整所述结构光调制器的照明图案以对所述微流体装置内的选定区域(例如,流动区域的一部分和/或一个或多个隔离坞的一部分)以及可选地位于选择区域内的一个或多个微物体进行照明。In some embodiments, the system further comprises a control unit configured to adjust the illumination pattern of the structured light modulator to selectively activate one or more of the plurality of DEP electrodes of the substrate of the microfluidic device, thereby generating sufficient DEP force to move the one or more units within the housing. In some embodiments, the system further comprises a control unit configured to adjust the illumination pattern of the structured light modulator to illuminate a selected area (e.g., a portion of the flow area and/or a portion of one or more isolation docks) within the microfluidic device and, optionally, one or more micro-objects located within the selected area.
在一些实施方式中,系统被配置为以多个照明点照明外壳的至少一部分,包括位于视场内的流动区域和/或多个隔离坞的任何部分。例如,视场中的每个隔离坞可以用一个或多个照明点照明,并且每个照明点的尺寸可以被确定为照亮其正在照明的隔离坞的全部或一部分。在一些实施方式中,所述多个照明点中的每一者具有约60微米×120微米的大小。在一些实施方式中,所述多个照明点中的每一个具有约7000到约20000平方微米(例如,由约7000平方微米到约10,000平方微米、约10,000平方微米到约15,000的平方微米、约15,000平方微米至约20,000平方微米中的前述端点中的两个限定的任意范围)。In some embodiments, the system is configured to illuminate at least a portion of the housing with a plurality of illumination points, including any portion of the flow area and/or the plurality of isolation docks within the field of view. For example, each isolation dock in the field of view can be illuminated with one or more illumination points, and the size of each illumination point can be determined to illuminate all or a portion of the isolation dock it is illuminating. In some embodiments, each of the plurality of illumination points has a size of approximately 60 microns by 120 microns. In some embodiments, each of the plurality of illumination points has an area of approximately 7,000 to approximately 20,000 square microns (e.g., any range defined by two of the aforementioned endpoints of approximately 7,000 square microns to approximately 10,000 square microns, approximately 10,000 square microns to approximately 15,000 square microns, or approximately 15,000 square microns to approximately 20,000 square microns).
本文公开了一种操纵样本的一个或多个微物体的方法。所述方法可以包括将含有所述一个或多个微物体的样本加载到诸如光致动微流体(LAMF)装置的微流体装置中的步骤。所述微流体装置可具有外壳,所述外壳包括具有表面的衬底和在所述表面上的多个介电泳(DEP)电极。微流体装置还可以包括流动区域和任选地多个隔离坞,多个隔离坞中的每个隔离坞流体连接到流动区域。该方法可以包括在微流体装置上施加电压电位的步骤。Disclosed herein is a method for manipulating one or more micro-objects of a sample. The method may include the step of loading a sample containing the one or more micro-objects into a microfluidic device, such as a light-actuated microfluidic (LAMF) device. The microfluidic device may have a housing comprising a substrate having a surface and a plurality of dielectrophoresis (DEP) electrodes on the surface. The microfluidic device may also include a flow region and optionally a plurality of isolation docks, each of the plurality of isolation docks being fluidically connected to the flow region. The method may include the step of applying a voltage potential across the microfluidic device.
该方法还可以包括以下步骤:通过使用光学设备将结构光投射到微流体装置的衬底的表面上的第一位置上来选择性地激活与位于微流体装置内的至少一个微物体相邻的DEP力,其中所述第一位置邻近于所述衬底的所述表面上的第二位置而定位,所述第二位置位于所述至少一个微物体下方。该光学设备可以是本文所述的任何光学设备。The method may further include the step of selectively activating a DEP force adjacent to at least one micro-object located within the microfluidic device by projecting structured light onto a first location on a surface of a substrate of the microfluidic device using an optical device, wherein the first location is located adjacent to a second location on the surface of the substrate, the second location being located below the at least one micro-object. The optical device may be any optical device described herein.
所述方法还可以包括通过使用所述光学设备将所述结构光从所述微流体装置的所述衬底的所述表面上的所述第一位置移动到所述衬底的所述表面上的第三位置而将所产生的所述DEP力的所述位置移位的步骤。The method may further include the step of shifting the position of the generated DEP force by moving the structured light from the first position on the surface of the substrate of the microfluidic device to a third position on the surface of the substrate using the optical apparatus.
在一些实施方式中,所述方法还可以包括利用所述图像传感器捕获所述微流体装置的所述外壳的至少一部分的所述图像的步骤。在一些实施方式中,微流体装置的外壳的被成像的部分包括流动区域和/或至少一个隔离坞和至少一个微物体。In some embodiments, the method can further include the step of capturing the image of at least a portion of the housing of the microfluidic device using the image sensor. In some embodiments, the imaged portion of the housing of the microfluidic device includes a flow area and/or at least one isolation dock and at least one micro-object.
在一些实施方式中,投射到衬底表面上的第一位置上的结构光包括多个照明点。在一些实施方式中,衬底表面上的第一位置位于微流体器件的流动区域中,并且衬底表面上的第三位置位于多个隔离坞中的一个隔离坞中内。在一些实施方式中,投射到衬底表面上的第一位置上的结构光包括像线段或符号的形状。在一些实施方式中,投射到衬底表面上的第一位置上的结构光具有类似于多边形的轮廓的形状(例如,正方形、矩形、菱形、五边形等)、圆形等。In some embodiments, the structured light projected onto the first location on the substrate surface comprises a plurality of illumination points. In some embodiments, the first location on the substrate surface is located in a flow region of the microfluidic device, and the third location on the substrate surface is located within one of a plurality of isolation bays. In some embodiments, the structured light projected onto the first location on the substrate surface comprises a shape resembling a line segment or a symbol. In some embodiments, the structured light projected onto the first location on the substrate surface has a shape resembling the outline of a polygon (e.g., a square, rectangle, diamond, pentagon, etc.), a circle, etc.
在一些实施方式中,该方法还可以包括通过使用光学设备将结构光投射到微流体装置的衬底的表面上的多个第一位置上而选择性地激活与位于微流体装置内的多个微物体相邻的DEP力的步骤,其中所述多个第一位置中的每一个位于所述衬底的所述表面上的对应的第二位置附近,所述对应的第二位置位于所述多个第一位置中的对应微物体下方。In some embodiments, the method may further include a step of selectively activating DEP forces adjacent to a plurality of micro-objects located within the microfluidic device by projecting structured light onto a plurality of first locations on the surface of a substrate of the microfluidic device using an optical device, wherein each of the plurality of first locations is located near a corresponding second location on the surface of the substrate, and the corresponding second location is located below a corresponding micro-object in the plurality of first locations.
在一些实施方式中,该方法还可以包括通过使用光学设备将成像的结构光从衬底表面上的多个第一位置移动到衬底表面上的多个对应的第三位置而使邻近多个微物体生成的DEP力的位置移位的步骤。In some embodiments, the method may further include the step of shifting positions of DEP forces generated adjacent to the plurality of micro-objects by moving the imaged structured light from a plurality of first positions on the substrate surface to a plurality of corresponding third positions on the substrate surface using an optical device.
在一些实施方式中,该方法还可以包括捕获外壳的至少一部分的图像的步骤,该步骤包括仅对位于被成像的外壳的该部分中的流动区域和/或每个隔离坞的内部区域成像,从而降低总体噪声以实现高图像质量。在一些实施方式中,该方法还可以包括分析图像以提供对第一位置的反馈和调整的步骤。In some embodiments, the method may further include the step of capturing an image of at least a portion of the housing, the step including imaging only the flow region within the imaged portion of the housing and/or the interior region of each isolator dock, thereby reducing overall noise to achieve high image quality. In some embodiments, the method may further include the step of analyzing the image to provide feedback and adjustments to the first position.
本文公开了一种对样本的一个或多个微物体进行成像的方法。所述方法可以包括将含有所述一个或多个微物体的样本加载到具有包含流动区域的外壳的微流体装置中,使用投射到所述外壳的所述至少一部分中的多个对应的照明图案来捕获包含所述一个或多个微物体的所述外壳的至少一部分的多个图像,以及组合所述多个图像以生成位于所述外壳的所述部分中的所述一个或多个微物体的单个图像。在某些实施方式中,所述多个照明图案中的每一照明图案使用结构光产生且不同于所述多个照明图案中的其他照明图案。在某些实施方式中,使用光学系统捕获多个图像,光学系统可以是本文公开的任何光学系统。在某些实施方式中,组合多个图像包括处理多个图像中的每一个以移除离焦背景光。Disclosed herein is a method for imaging one or more micro-objects of a sample. The method may include loading a sample containing the one or more micro-objects into a microfluidic device having a housing containing a flow area, capturing multiple images of at least a portion of the housing containing the one or more micro-objects using multiple corresponding illumination patterns projected into the at least a portion of the housing, and combining the multiple images to generate a single image of the one or more micro-objects located in the portion of the housing. In some embodiments, each of the multiple illumination patterns is generated using structured light and is different from other illumination patterns in the multiple illumination patterns. In some embodiments, the multiple images are captured using an optical system, which may be any optical system disclosed herein. In some embodiments, combining the multiple images includes processing each of the multiple images to remove out-of-focus background light.
在一些实施方式中,投射到外壳的至少一部分中的照明图案和在图像传感器处捕获的对应图像同时处于焦点中。在一些实施方式中,所述多个对应的照明图案被配置为在所述外壳内扫描穿过所述视场(例如,整个视场)。In some embodiments, the illumination pattern projected into at least a portion of the housing and the corresponding image captured at the image sensor are simultaneously in focus. In some embodiments, the plurality of corresponding illumination patterns are configured to scan across the field of view (e.g., the entire field of view) within the housing.
本文公开了用于诸如光致动微流体(LAMF)装置的微流体装置的光学设备的镜筒透镜。镜筒透镜可以包括具有凸形形状和第一正曲率半径的第一表面、具有第二曲率半径的第二表面、具有凹面形状和第三负曲率半径的第三表面、具有凹面形状和第四负曲率半径的第四表面、以及具有大于45mm的直径的通光孔径,其中所述镜筒透镜的前焦点和后焦点不等距地与中点间隔开并且不对称。Disclosed herein is a tube lens for an optical device of a microfluidic device, such as a light-actuated microfluidic (LAMF) device. The tube lens may include a first surface having a convex shape and a first positive radius of curvature, a second surface having a second radius of curvature, a third surface having a concave shape and a third negative radius of curvature, a fourth surface having a concave shape and a fourth negative radius of curvature, and a clear aperture having a diameter greater than 45 mm, wherein a front focal point and a back focal point of the tube lens are not equidistantly spaced from a midpoint and are asymmetrical.
在一些实施方式中,后焦距(BFL)被最小化。在一些实施方式中,镜筒透镜具有约155mm的有效焦距(EFL)和约135mm的后焦距(BFL)。在一些实施方式中,镜筒透镜具有约162mm的有效焦距(EFL)和约146mm的后焦距(BFL)。在一些实施方式中,镜筒透镜具有约180mm的有效焦距(EFL)和约164mm的后焦距(BFL)。In some embodiments, the back focal length (BFL) is minimized. In some embodiments, the tube lens has an effective focal length (EFL) of approximately 155 mm and a back focal length (BFL) of approximately 135 mm. In some embodiments, the tube lens has an effective focal length (EFL) of approximately 162 mm and a back focal length (BFL) of approximately 146 mm. In some embodiments, the tube lens has an effective focal length (EFL) of approximately 180 mm and a back focal length (BFL) of approximately 164 mm.
在一些实施方式中,镜筒透镜具有约155mm的有效焦距(EFL),其中第一曲率半径为约91mm,第二曲率半径为约42mm,第三负曲率半径为约-62mm,且第四负曲率半径为约-116mm。In some embodiments, the tube lens has an effective focal length (EFL) of approximately 155 mm, wherein the first radius of curvature is approximately 91 mm, the second radius of curvature is approximately 42 mm, the third negative radius of curvature is approximately -62 mm, and the fourth negative radius of curvature is approximately -116 mm.
在一些实施方式中,镜筒透镜具有约162mm的有效焦距(EFL),其中第一曲率半径为约95mm,第二曲率半径为约54mm,第三负曲率半径为约-56mm,且第四负曲率半径为约-105mm。In some embodiments, the tube lens has an effective focal length (EFL) of approximately 162 mm, wherein the first radius of curvature is approximately 95 mm, the second radius of curvature is approximately 54 mm, the third negative radius of curvature is approximately -56 mm, and the fourth negative radius of curvature is approximately -105 mm.
在一些实施方式中,镜筒透镜具有约180mm的有效焦距(EFL),其中第一曲率半径为约95mm,第二曲率半径为约64mm,第三负曲率半径为约-60mm,第四负曲率半径为约-126mm。In some embodiments, the tube lens has an effective focal length (EFL) of approximately 180 mm, wherein the first radius of curvature is approximately 95 mm, the second radius of curvature is approximately 64 mm, the third negative radius of curvature is approximately -60 mm, and the fourth negative radius of curvature is approximately -126 mm.
在一些实施方式中,镜筒透镜具有约200mm的有效焦距(EFL),其中第一曲率半径为约160mm,第二曲率半径为约-62mm,第三负曲率半径为约-80mm,且第四负曲率半径为约-109mm。In some embodiments, the tube lens has an effective focal length (EFL) of approximately 200 mm, wherein the first radius of curvature is approximately 160 mm, the second radius of curvature is approximately -62 mm, the third negative radius of curvature is approximately -80 mm, and the fourth negative radius of curvature is approximately -109 mm.
附图说明BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
在下面的权利要求中具体阐述了本发明的新颖特征。通过参考以下详细描述可以更好地理解本公开的特征和优点,所述详细描述阐述了其中利用本公开的原理的说明性实施方式以及附图,其中:The novel features of the present invention are set forth with particularity in the claims below. The features and advantages of the present disclosure may be better understood by reference to the following detailed description, which sets forth illustrative embodiments in which the principles of the present disclosure are utilized, and the accompanying drawings, wherein:
图1A示出了本公开的一些实施方式的包括相关联的控制设备的微流体装置和与微流体装置一起使用的系统的示例。FIG. 1A illustrates an example of a microfluidic device including associated control equipment and a system for use with the microfluidic device according to some embodiments of the present disclosure.
图1B和图1C分别示出了本公开的一些实施方式的微流体装置的垂直和水平截面图。1B and 1C respectively illustrate vertical and horizontal cross-sectional views of a microfluidic device according to some embodiments of the present disclosure.
图2A和2B分别示出了本公开的一些实施方式的具有隔离坞的微流体装置的垂直和水平截面图。2A and 2B illustrate vertical and horizontal cross-sectional views, respectively, of a microfluidic device having an isolation dock according to some embodiments of the present disclosure.
图2C示出了本公开的一些实施方式的隔离坞的详细的水平截面图。2C shows a detailed horizontal cross-sectional view of an isolation dock according to some embodiments of the present disclosure.
图2D示出了本公开的一些实施方式的具有隔离坞的微流体装置的局部水平截面图。2D illustrates a partial horizontal cross-sectional view of a microfluidic device having an isolation dock according to some embodiments of the present disclosure.
图2E和2F示出了本公开的一些实施方式的隔离坞的详细的水平截面图。2E and 2F illustrate detailed horizontal cross-sectional views of an isolation dock according to some embodiments of the present disclosure.
图2G示出了本公开的一些实施方式的具有隔离坞的微流体装置。FIG2G illustrates a microfluidic device with an isolation dock according to some embodiments of the present disclosure.
图2H示出了本公开的一些实施方式的微流体装置。FIG2H illustrates a microfluidic device according to some embodiments of the present disclosure.
图3A示出了本公开的一些实施方式的可用于操作和观察微流体装置的系统。FIG. 3A illustrates a system that may be used to manipulate and observe a microfluidic device according to some embodiments of the present disclosure.
图3B示出了本公开的一些实施方式的用于微流体装置的光学设备。FIG. 3B illustrates an optical device for a microfluidic device according to some embodiments of the present disclosure.
图4A是本公开的一些实施方式的包括光学设备和微流体装置的系统的示意图。4A is a schematic diagram of a system including an optical device and a microfluidic device according to some embodiments of the present disclosure.
图4B示出了图4A的微流体装置中的多个隔离坞的示例。FIG. 4B illustrates an example of multiple isolation docks in the microfluidic device of FIG. 4A .
图4C示出了被配置为捕获来自图4A中的结构光调制器的所有光束的光学设备的第一镜筒透镜。4C shows a first tube lens of an optical device configured to capture all light beams from the structured light modulator in FIG. 4A .
图5A是本公开的一些其他实施方式的用于光学设备和微流体装置的多个光源的示意图。5A is a schematic diagram of multiple light sources used in optical devices and microfluidic devices according to some other embodiments of the present disclosure.
图5B示出了用于图5A中的光学设备的多个光源的示例二向色分束器。5B illustrates an example dichroic beam splitter for use with multiple light sources of the optical device of FIG. 5A .
图5C是包括光学设备和微流体装置的系统的另一实施方式的示意图。5C is a schematic diagram of another embodiment of a system including an optical apparatus and a microfluidic device.
图6A是本公开的一些其他实施方式的包括具有激发滤光器和发射滤光器的光学设备的系统的示意图。6A is a schematic diagram of a system including an optical device having an excitation filter and an emission filter according to some other embodiments of the present disclosure.
图6B是本公开的一些其他实施方式的包括光学设备的系统的示意图,其中分束器被配置为反射来自第一光源的光束。6B is a schematic diagram of a system including an optical device according to some other embodiments of the present disclosure, wherein a beam splitter is configured to reflect a light beam from a first light source.
图6C是本公开的又一些其他实施方式的包括具有校正透镜以补偿像差的光学设备的系统的示意图。6C is a schematic diagram of a system including an optical device having a correction lens to compensate for aberrations according to yet other embodiments of the present disclosure.
图7A是用于微流体装置的光学设备的示例镜筒透镜的光学示意图。7A is an optical schematic of an example tube lens for an optical device of a microfluidic device.
图7B是用于微流体装置的光学设备的另一示例镜筒透镜的光学示意图。7B is an optical schematic diagram of another example tube lens for an optical apparatus for a microfluidic device.
图7C是用于微流体装置的光学设备的又一示例镜筒透镜的光学示意图。7C is an optical schematic diagram of yet another example tube lens for an optical apparatus for a microfluidic device.
图7D是用于微流体装置的光学设备的另一示例镜筒透镜的光学示意图。7D is an optical schematic diagram of another example tube lens for an optical apparatus for a microfluidic device.
图8A~图8D示出了可以由光学系统使用的光学配置的各种实施方式。8A-8D illustrate various embodiments of optical configurations that may be used by the optical system.
图9A示出了一些实施方式的光学链的简化部分的示意图。Figure 9A shows a schematic diagram of a simplified portion of the optical train of some embodiments.
图9B示出了一些实施方式的光学链的简化部分的示意图,该光学链已经被修改以包括用于叠层显微成像技术的滑动透镜。Figure 9B shows a schematic diagram of a simplified portion of an optical train of some embodiments that has been modified to include a sliding lens for stacked microscopy techniques.
具体实施方式DETAILED DESCRIPTION
本说明书描述了本发明的示例性实施方式和应用。然而,本发明不限于这些示例性实施方式和应用,也不限于示例性实施方式和应用在本文中操作或描述的方式。此外,附图可以示出简化或局部视图,并且附图中的要素的尺寸可能被夸大或者不成比例。另外,由于本文使用术语“在......上”、“附接到”、“连接到”、“耦合到”或类似的词,一个要素(例如,材料、层、衬底等)可以“在另一要素上”、“附接到另一要素”、“连接到另一要素”或“耦合到另一要素”,而不论该一个要素是直接在该另一要素上、附接到该另一要素、连接到该另一要素或耦合到该另一要素,还是在该一个要素和该另一元素之间有一个或多个间隔要素。另外,除非上下文另有规定,否则方向(例如,在...上、在...下、顶部、底部、侧面、上、下、正下、正上、上方、下方、水平、垂直、“x”、“y”、“z”等),如果提供的话,仅通过示例的方式并且为了便于说明和讨论而不是以限制的方式提供。在提及要素列表(例如,要素a、b、c)的情况下,这样的提及旨在包括所列要素本身中的任何一个、少于所有列出的要素的任何组合和/或所有列出的要素的组合。说明书中的章节划分仅为了便于审查,并不限制所描述要素的任何组合。This specification describes exemplary embodiments and applications of the present invention. However, the present invention is not limited to these exemplary embodiments and applications, nor to the manner in which the exemplary embodiments and applications operate or are described herein. In addition, the accompanying drawings may show simplified or partial views, and the sizes of the elements in the accompanying drawings may be exaggerated or disproportionate. In addition, since the terms "on...", "attached to," "connected to," "coupled to," or similar words are used herein, an element (e.g., a material, layer, substrate, etc.) may be "on another element," "attached to," "connected to," or "coupled to" another element, regardless of whether the element is directly on, attached to, connected to, or coupled to the other element, or whether there are one or more spacer elements between the element and the other element. In addition, unless the context dictates otherwise, directions (e.g., on, under, top, bottom, side, up, down, directly below, directly above, above, below, horizontal, vertical, "x," "y," "z," etc.), if provided, are provided only by way of example and for ease of illustration and discussion rather than in a limiting sense. Where a list of elements is referred to (e.g., elements a, b, c), such reference is intended to include any one of the listed elements by itself, any combination of less than all of the listed elements, and/or any combination of all of the listed elements. The section divisions in the specification are for ease of review only and do not limit any combination of the described elements.
如本文所使用的,“基本上”意味着足以用于预期目的的装置。因此术语“基本上”允许由绝对或完美状态、尺寸、测量、结果等的微小、不明显的变化,诸如本领域普通技术人员预期的但不明显地影响总体性能。当与数值或者可以表示为数值的参数或特性相关地使用时,“基本上”表示在百分之十内。As used herein, "substantially" means a device that is adequate for its intended purpose. Thus, the term "substantially" allows for minor, insignificant variations from an absolute or perfect state, dimension, measurement, result, etc., such as would be expected by one of ordinary skill in the art but which do not significantly affect overall performance. When used in relation to a numerical value or a parameter or characteristic that can be expressed as a numerical value, "substantially" means within ten percent.
术语“多个”意味着不止一个。The term "plurality" means more than one.
如本文所使用的,术语“多个”可以是2、3、4、5、6、7、8、9、10或更多。As used herein, the term "plurality" may be 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 or more.
如本文所使用的,术语“置于”在其含义内包括“位于”As used herein, the term "positioned" includes within its meaning "located at"
如本文所使用的,“微流体装置”或“微流体设备”是包括被配置为保持流体的一个或多个离散微流体管路的装置,每个微流体管路包括流体互连的管路元件,包括但不限于一个或多个区域、一个或多个流动路径、一个或多个通道、一个或多个腔室和/或坞,以及被配置为允许流体(并且可选地,悬浮在流体中的微物体)流入和/或流出微流体装置的至少一个端口。通常微流体装置的微流体管路将包括流动区域,该流动区域可以包括微流体通道和至少一个腔室,并且将容纳小于约1mL的体积的流体,例如,小于约750、500、250、200、150、100、75、50、25、20、15、10、9、8、7、6、5、4、3或2μL。在某些实施方式中,微流体管路保持约1~2、1~3、1~4、1~5、2~5、2~8、2~10、2~12、2~15、2~20、5~50、10~50、10~75、10~100、20~100、20~150、20~200,50-200,50~250或50~300μL。微流体管路可以被配置为具有与微流体装置中的第一端口(例如,入口)流体地连接的第一端和与微流体装置中的第二端口(例如,出口)流体地连接的第二端。As used herein, a "microfluidic device" or "microfluidic apparatus" is a device comprising one or more discrete microfluidic circuits configured to hold a fluid, each microfluidic circuit comprising fluidically interconnected circuit elements, including but not limited to one or more regions, one or more flow paths, one or more channels, one or more chambers and/or docks, and at least one port configured to allow fluid (and optionally, micro-objects suspended in the fluid) to flow into and/or out of the microfluidic device. Typically, the microfluidic circuits of a microfluidic device will include a flow region, which may include a microfluidic channel and at least one chamber, and will hold a volume of fluid less than about 1 mL, for example, less than about 750, 500, 250, 200, 150, 100, 75, 50, 25, 20, 15, 10, 9, 8, 7, 6, 5, 4, 3, or 2 μL. In certain embodiments, the microfluidic circuit holds about 1-2, 1-3, 1-4, 1-5, 2-5, 2-8, 2-10, 2-12, 2-15, 2-20, 5-50, 10-50, 10-75, 10-100, 20-100, 20-150, 20-200, 50-200, 50-250, or 50-300 μL. The microfluidic circuit can be configured to have a first end fluidically connected to a first port (e.g., an inlet) in the microfluidic device and a second end fluidically connected to a second port (e.g., an outlet) in the microfluidic device.
如本文所使用的,“纳米流体装置”或“纳米流体设备”是具有微流体管路的一种类型的微流体装置,该微流体管路包含至少一个管路元件,该至少一个管路元件被配置为保持小于约1μL的体积的流体,例如,小于约750、500、250、200、150、100、75、50、25、20、15、10、9、8、7、6、5、4、3、2、1nL或更小。纳米流体装置可以包括多个管路元件(例如,至少2、3、4、5、6、7、8、9、10、15、20、25、50、75、100、150、200、250、300、400、500、600、700、800、900、1000、1200、2000、2500、3000、3500、4000、4500、5000、6000、7000、8000、9000、10,000或更多)。在某些实施方式中,至少一个管路元件中的一个或多个(例如,全部)被配置为容纳约100pL至1nL、100pL至2nL、100pL至5nL、250pL至2nL、250pL至5nL、250pL至10nL、500pL至10nL、500pL至10nL、750pL至10nL、750pL至20nL、750pL至20nL、1至20nL、1至25nL或1至50nL的的体积的流体。在其他实施方式中,所述至少一个管路元件中的一个或多个(例如,全部)被配置为保持约20nL至200nL、100至200nL、100至300nL、100至400nL、100至500nL的体积的流体,200至300nL、200至400nL、200至500nL、200至600nL、200至700nL、250至400nL、250至500nL、250至600nL或250至750nL的体积的流体。As used herein, a “nanofluidic device” or “nanofluidic apparatus” is a type of microfluidic device having microfluidic circuitry comprising at least one tubing element configured to hold a volume of fluid less than about 1 μL, for example, less than about 750, 500, 250, 200, 150, 100, 75, 50, 25, 20, 15, 10, 9, 8, 7, 6, 5, 4, 3, 2, 1 nL, or less. The nanofluidic device can include a plurality of tubing elements (e.g., at least 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 15, 20, 25, 50, 75, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700, 800, 900, 1000, 1200, 2000, 2500, 3000, 3500, 4000, 4500, 5000, 6000, 7000, 8000, 9000, 10,000 or more). In certain embodiments, one or more (e.g., all) of at least one tubing element are configured to hold a volume of fluid of approximately 100 pL to 1 nL, 100 pL to 2 nL, 100 pL to 5 nL, 250 pL to 2 nL, 250 pL to 5 nL, 250 pL to 10 nL, 500 pL to 10 nL, 500 pL to 10 nL, 750 pL to 10 nL, 750 pL to 20 nL, 750 pL to 20 nL, 1 to 20 nL, 1 to 25 nL, or 1 to 50 nL. In other embodiments, one or more (e.g., all) of the at least one tubing element are configured to hold a volume of fluid of approximately 20 nL to 200 nL, 100 to 200 nL, 100 to 300 nL, 100 to 400 nL, 100 to 500 nL, 200 to 300 nL, 200 to 400 nL, 200 to 500 nL, 200 to 600 nL, 200 to 700 nL, 250 to 400 nL, 250 to 500 nL, 250 to 600 nL, or 250 to 750 nL.
如本文所使用的,“微流体通道”或“流动通道”是指具有显著长于水平和垂直尺寸两者的长度的微流体装置的流动区域。例如,流动通道可以是水平或垂直维度的长度的至少5倍,例如长度的至少10倍、长度的至少25倍、长度的至少100倍、长度的至少200倍、长度的至少500倍、长度的至少1,000倍、长度的至少5,000倍或更长。在一些实施方式中,流动通道的长度在约50,000微米至约500,000微米的范围内,包括它们之间的任何范围。在一些实施方式中,水平尺寸在从约100微米至约1000微米(例如,约150微米至约500微米)的范围内,并且垂直尺寸在约25微米至约200微米的范围内,例如,约40至约150微米。应当注意,流动通道可在微流体装置中具有多种不同的空间配置,因此不限于完全线性的元件。例如,流动通道可以包括具有以下结构中的任一个的一个或多个部分:曲线、弯曲、螺旋、倾斜、下降、分叉(例如,多个不同的流动路径)及其任何组合。此外,流动通道可沿其路径具有不同的横截面积,加宽和收缩以在其中提供所需的流体流动。As used herein, " microfluidic channel " or " flow channel " refer to the flow area of the microfluidic device with the length significantly longer than both horizontal and vertical dimensions.For example, flow channel can be at least 5 times of the length of horizontal or vertical dimension, for example at least 10 times of length, at least 25 times of length, at least 100 times of length, at least 200 times of length, at least 500 times of length, at least 1,000 times of length, at least 5,000 times of length or longer.In some embodiments, the length of flow channel is in the range of about 50,000 microns to about 500,000 microns, including any range therebetween.In some embodiments, horizontal dimension is in the range of from about 100 microns to about 1000 microns (for example, about 150 microns to about 500 microns), and vertical dimension is in the range of about 25 microns to about 200 microns, for example, about 40 to about 150 microns.It should be noted that flow channel can have a variety of different spatial configurations in microfluidic device, is therefore not limited to completely linear elements. For example, the flow channel can include one or more portions having any of the following structures: curves, bends, spirals, slopes, dips, bifurcations (e.g., multiple distinct flow paths), and any combination thereof. Additionally, the flow channel can have varying cross-sectional areas along its path, widening and converging to provide a desired fluid flow therein.
如本文所使用的,术语“障碍物”通常指的是足够大的凸块或类似类型的结构,以便部分地(但不完全地)阻碍目标微物体在微流体装置中的两个不同区域或管路元件之间的移动。两个不同的区域/管路元件可以是例如微流体隔离坞和微流体通道,或者微流体隔离坞的连接区域和隔离区域。As used herein, the term "obstacle" generally refers to a bump or similar structure that is large enough to partially (but not completely) impede the movement of a target micro-object between two distinct regions or conduit elements in a microfluidic device. The two distinct regions/conduit elements can be, for example, a microfluidic isolation dock and a microfluidic channel, or a connection region and an isolation region of a microfluidic isolation dock.
J,如本文所使用的,术语“收缩”通常指的是微流体装置中的管路元件(或两个管路元件之间的接口)的宽度变窄。该收缩可以位于例如微流体隔离坞和微流体通道之间的接口处,或者位于隔离区域和微流体隔离坞的连接区域之间的接口处。As used herein, the term "constriction" generally refers to a narrowing of the width of a tubing element (or the interface between two tubing elements) in a microfluidic device. This constriction can be located, for example, at the interface between a microfluidic isolation dock and a microfluidic channel, or at the interface between an isolation region and a connection region of the microfluidic isolation dock.
]如本文所使用的,术语“透明的”是指允许可见光通过而在光通过时基本上不改变光的材料。] As used herein, the term "transparent" refers to a material that allows visible light to pass through without substantially altering the light as it passes through.
如本文所使用的,术语“微物体”通常是指可根据本发明被隔离和/或操纵的任何微观物体。微物体的非限制性示例包括:无生命的微物体,例如微粒;微珠(例如聚苯乙烯珠、LuminexTM珠等);磁珠;微米棒;微丝;量子点等;生物微物体,例如细胞;生物细胞器;囊泡或复合物;合成囊泡;脂质体(例如,合成的或衍生自膜制剂);脂质纳米筏等;或无生命的微物体和生物微物体的组合(例如,附着于细胞的微珠、脂质体包覆的微珠、脂质体包覆的磁珠等)。珠可以包括共价或非共价连接的部分/分子,例如荧光标记、蛋白质、碳水化合物、抗原、小分子信号部分或能够在测定中使用的其他化学/生物种类。脂质纳米筏已经在如Ritchieet al.(2009)“Reconstitution of Membrane Proteins in PhospholipidBilayer Nanodiscs,”Methods Enzymol.,464:211-231中所述。As used herein, the term "micro-object" generally refers to any microscopic object that can be isolated and/or manipulated according to the present invention. Non-limiting examples of micro-objects include: inanimate micro-objects, such as microparticles; microbeads (e.g., polystyrene beads, LuminexTM beads, etc.); magnetic beads; microrods; microfilaments; quantum dots, etc.; biological micro-objects, such as cells; biological organelles; vesicles or complexes; synthetic vesicles; liposomes (e.g., synthesized or derived from membrane preparations); lipid nanorafts, etc.; or a combination of inanimate micro-objects and biological micro-objects (e.g., microbeads attached to cells, liposome-coated microbeads, liposome-coated magnetic beads, etc.). Beads can include covalently or non-covalently linked moieties/molecules, such as fluorescent markers, proteins, carbohydrates, antigens, small molecule signaling moieties, or other chemical/biological species that can be used in assays. Lipid nanorafts have been described in, for example, Ritchie et al. (2009) “Reconstitution of Membrane Proteins in Phospholipid Bilayer Nanodiscs,” Methods Enzymol., 464: 211-231.
如本文所使用的,术语“细胞”与术语“生物细胞”可互换使用生物细胞的非限制性示例包括真核细胞、植物细胞、动物细胞,例如哺乳动物细胞、爬行动物细胞、鸟类细胞、鱼类细胞等,原核细胞,细菌细胞、真菌细胞、原生动物细胞等,从组织解离的细胞,如肌肉、软骨、脂肪、皮肤、肝脏、肺、神经组织等,免疫细胞,例如T细胞、B细胞、天然杀伤细胞、巨噬细胞等,胚胎(例如,合子)、卵母细胞、OVA、精细胞、杂交瘤、培养细胞、来自细胞系的细胞、癌细胞,受感染的细胞、转染的和/或转化的细胞、报告细胞等。哺乳动物细胞可以例如来自人、小鼠、大鼠、马、山羊、绵羊、牛、灵长类动物等。As used herein, the term "cell" is used interchangeably with the term "biological cell". Non-limiting examples of biological cells include eukaryotic cells, plant cells, animal cells, such as mammalian cells, reptile cells, bird cells, fish cells, etc., prokaryotic cells, bacterial cells, fungal cells, protozoan cells, etc., cells dissociated from tissues, such as muscle, cartilage, fat, skin, liver, lung, neural tissue, etc., immune cells, such as T cells, B cells, natural killer cells, macrophages, etc., embryos (e.g., zygotes), oocytes, OVAs, sperm cells, hybridomas, cultured cells, cells from cell lines, cancer cells, infected cells, transfected and/or transformed cells, reporter cells, etc. Mammalian cells can be, for example, from humans, mice, rats, horses, goats, sheep, cattle, primates, etc.
如果能够繁殖的集落中的所有活细胞是源自单个亲本细胞的子细胞,则生物细胞的集落是“克隆”。在某些实施方式中,克隆集落中的所有子细胞源自单个亲本细胞不超过10个分裂。在其他实施方式中,克隆集落中的所有子细胞源自单个亲本细胞不超过14个分裂。在其他实施方式中,在克隆集落中的所有子细胞源自单个亲本细胞不超过17个分裂。在其他实施方式中,在克隆集落中的所有子细胞源自单个亲本细胞不超过20个分裂。术语“克隆细胞”是指相同克隆集落的细胞。A colony of biological cells is a "clone" if all living cells in the colony that are capable of reproduction are daughter cells derived from a single parent cell. In certain embodiments, all daughter cells in a clonal colony are derived from a single parent cell no more than 10 divisions. In other embodiments, all daughter cells in a clonal colony are derived from a single parent cell no more than 14 divisions. In other embodiments, all daughter cells in a clonal colony are derived from a single parent cell no more than 17 divisions. In other embodiments, all daughter cells in a clonal colony are derived from a single parent cell no more than 20 divisions. The term "clonal cells" refers to cells of the same clonal colony.
如本文所使用的,“集落”生物细胞是指2个或更多个细胞(例如,约2至约20、约4至约40、约6至约60、约8至约80、约10至约100、约20至约200、约40至约400、约60至约600、约80至约800、约100至约1000或大于1000个细胞)。As used herein, a "colony" of biological cells refers to 2 or more cells (e.g., about 2 to about 20, about 4 to about 40, about 6 to about 60, about 8 to about 80, about 10 to about 100, about 20 to about 200, about 40 to about 400, about 60 to about 600, about 80 to about 800, about 100 to about 1000, or greater than 1000 cells).
如本文所使用的,术语“培养(一个或多个)单元”是指提供包括流体和气体组分以及任选的表面的环境,其提供保持细胞存活和/或扩散所必需的条件。As used herein, the term "culture unit(s)" refers to an environment comprising fluid and gaseous components and optionally a surface, which provides the conditions necessary to keep cells viable and/or proliferating.
流体介质的“组分”是存在于介质中的任何化学或生物化学分子,包括溶剂分子、离子、小分子、抗生素、核苷酸和核苷,核酸、氨基酸、肽、蛋白质、糖、碳水化合物、脂质、脂肪酸、胆固醇、代谢物等。A "component" of a fluid medium is any chemical or biochemical molecule present in the medium, including solvent molecules, ions, small molecules, antibiotics, nucleotides and nucleosides, nucleic acids, amino acids, peptides, proteins, sugars, carbohydrates, lipids, fatty acids, cholesterol, metabolites, etc.
如本文中关于流体介质所使用的,“扩散(diffuse)”和“扩散(diffusion)”是指流体介质的组分沿浓度梯度下降的热力学运动。As used herein with respect to a fluid medium, "diffuse" and "diffusion" refer to the thermodynamic movement of components of a fluid medium down a concentration gradient.
短语“介质的流动”意味着流体介质主要由于除了扩散之外的任何机制的整体移动。例如,介质的流动可以涉及流体介质由于点之间的压差而从一个点移动到另一点。这种流动可以包括液体的连续的、脉冲的、周期性的、随机的、间歇的或往复的流动,或其任何组合。当一个流体介质流入另一流体介质时,可导致介质的湍流和混合。The phrase "flow of a medium" means the overall movement of a fluid medium primarily due to any mechanism other than diffusion. For example, the flow of a medium may involve the movement of a fluid medium from one point to another due to a pressure differential between the points. Such flow may include continuous, pulsed, periodic, random, intermittent, or reciprocating flow of a liquid, or any combination thereof. When one fluid medium flows into another, turbulence and mixing of the media may result.
短语“基本上不流动”指的是流体介质的流动速率,其随着时间的推移的平均速率小于材料(例如,目标分析物)的组分流入流体介质或在流体介质内的扩散速率。这种材料的组分的扩散速率可以取决于例如温度、组分的尺寸和组分与流体介质之间的相互作用的强度。The phrase "substantially non-flowing" refers to a flow rate of a fluid medium that, averaged over time, is less than the diffusion rate of components of a material (e.g., a target analyte) into or within the fluid medium. The diffusion rate of components of such a material may depend on, for example, temperature, the size of the components, and the strength of the interaction between the components and the fluid medium.
如本文中关于微流体装置内的不同区域所使用的,短语“流体连接”是指当不同区域基本上充满有诸如流体介质的流体时,每个区域中的流体被连接以形成单一流体主体。这并不意味着不同区域中的流体(或流体介质)在组成上一定是相同的。相反,微流体装置的不同流体连通区域中的流体可具有不同组成(例如,不同浓度的溶质,诸如蛋白质、碳水化合物、离子或其他分子),当溶质沿着它们各自的浓度梯度和/或流体流动通过装置时,这些组成是变化的。As used herein with respect to different regions within a microfluidic device, the phrase "fluidically connected" means that when the different regions are substantially filled with a fluid, such as a fluid medium, the fluid in each region is connected to form a single body of fluid. This does not mean that the fluids (or fluid media) in the different regions are necessarily identical in composition. Rather, the fluids in different fluidically connected regions of a microfluidic device may have different compositions (e.g., different concentrations of solutes, such as proteins, carbohydrates, ions, or other molecules), which compositions change as the solutes follow their respective concentration gradients and/or fluid flow through the device.
微流体(或纳米流体)装置可以包括“扫掠”区域和“非扫掠”区域。如本文所使用的,“扫掠”区域包括微流体管路的一个或多个流体互连的管路元件,每个流体互连的管路元件在流体流过微流体管路时经历介质的流动。扫掠区域的管路元件可以包括例如区域、通道和全部或部分腔室。如本文所使用的,“未扫掠”区域包括微流体管路的一个或多个流体互连的管路元件,当流体流过微流体管路时,每个流体互连的管路元件基本上不经历流体的流动。未扫掠区域可以流体连接到扫掠区域,只要流体连接被配置为能够扩散但基本上不在扫掠区域和未扫掠区域之间流动介质。因此,微流体装置可被构成为基本上将未扫掠区域与扫掠区域中的介质流隔离,同时在扫掠区域和未扫掠区域之间基本上仅实现扩散流体连通。例如,微流体装置的流动通道是扫掠区域的示例,而微流体装置的隔离区域(以下进一步详细描述)是未扫掠区域的示例。A microfluidic (or nanofluidic) device may include a "swept" region and a "non-swept" region. As used herein, a "swept" region includes one or more fluidically interconnected tubing elements of a microfluidic circuit, each of which experiences a flow of a medium when the fluid flows through the microfluidic circuit. The tubing elements of a swept region may include, for example, regions, channels, and all or part of a chamber. As used herein, an "unswept" region includes one or more fluidically interconnected tubing elements of a microfluidic circuit, each of which does not substantially experience a flow of fluid when the fluid flows through the microfluidic circuit. An unswept region may be fluidically connected to a swept region as long as the fluid connection is configured to diffuse but not substantially flow a medium between the swept region and the unswept region. Thus, a microfluidic device may be configured to substantially isolate an unswept region from a flow of a medium in a swept region, while substantially only achieving diffusional fluid communication between the swept region and the unswept region. For example, a flow channel of a microfluidic device is an example of a swept region, while an isolated region of a microfluidic device (described in further detail below) is an example of an unswept region.
如本文所使用的,“流动路径”是指限定并经历介质的流动轨迹的一个或多个流体连接的管路元件(例如,通道、区域、腔室等)。因此,流动路径是微流体装置的扫掠区域的示例。其他管路元件(例如,未扫掠区域)可以与包括流动路径的管路元件流体连接,而不经历流动路径中的介质的流动。As used herein, a "flow path" refers to one or more fluidically connected tubing elements (e.g., channels, regions, chambers, etc.) that define and experience the flow trajectory of a medium. Thus, a flow path is an example of a swept region of a microfluidic device. Other tubing elements (e.g., unswept regions) may be fluidically connected to the tubing elements comprising the flow path without experiencing the flow of the medium in the flow path.
如本文所使用的,“透镜”(或“透镜组件”)的“通光孔径”是可用于其预期目的的透镜(或透镜组件)的部分的直径或尺寸。由于制造约束,实际上不可能产生等于透镜(或透镜组件)的实际物理直径的通光孔径。As used herein, the "clear aperture" of a "lens" (or "lens assembly") is the diameter or size of the portion of the lens (or lens assembly) that can be used for its intended purpose. Due to manufacturing constraints, it is not practically possible to produce a clear aperture that is equal to the actual physical diameter of a lens (or lens assembly).
如本文中所使用的,术语“有效面积”是指图像传感器或结构光调制器的可分别用于将结构光成像或将结构光提供到特定光学设备中的视场的部分。有效面积受限于光学设备,诸如光学设备内的光路的孔径光阑。尽管有效面积对应于二维表面,但有效面积的测量通常对应于通过具有相同区域的正方形的对角的对角线的长度。As used herein, the term "active area" refers to the portion of an image sensor or structured light modulator that can be used to image structured light or provide structured light to a particular optical device, respectively. The active area is limited by the optical device, such as the aperture stop of the optical path within the optical device. Although the active area corresponds to a two-dimensional surface, the measurement of the active area generally corresponds to the length of a diagonal line through opposite corners of a square having the same area.
如本文中所使用,“图像光束”是由光学设备观看的从装置表面、微物体或流体媒体反射或发射的电磁波。该装置可以是微流体装置,例如光致动的微流体(LAMF)装置。微物体和流体介质可以位于这样的微流体装置内。As used herein, an "image beam" is an electromagnetic wave reflected or emitted from a device surface, micro-object, or fluid medium as viewed by an optical device. The device can be a microfluidic device, such as a light-activated microfluidic (LAMF) device. The micro-object and fluid medium can be located within such a microfluidic device.
如本文中所使用的,μm是指微米,μm3是指立方微米,pL是指皮升,nL是指纳升,μL(或uL)是指微升。As used herein, μm refers to micrometer, μm 3 refers to cubic micrometer, pL refers to picoliter, nL refers to nanoliter, and μL (or uL) refers to microliter.
加载方法。例如但不限于珠的生物微物体或微物体的加载可涉及使用流体流、重力、介电泳(DEP)力、电润湿、磁力等,或其任何组合,如本文所述。DEP力可以例如通过光电镊子(OET)结构被光学地致动和/或诸如通过以时间/空间图案激活电极/电极区域而被电致动。类似地,电润湿力可例如通过光电润湿(OEW)结构而被光学地致动和/或诸如通过以时间空间图案激活电极/电极区域而被电致动。Loading method. For example, but not limited to the loading of biological micro-objects or micro-objects of beads can involve the use of fluid flow, gravity, dielectrophoresis (DEP) force, electrowetting, magnetic force, etc., or any combination thereof, as described herein. The DEP force can be optically actuated and/or electrically actuated, such as by activating electrodes/electrode areas with a time/space pattern, for example, by photoelectric tweezers (OET) structures. Similarly, the electrowetting force can be optically actuated and/or electrically actuated, such as by activating electrodes/electrode areas with a time/space pattern, for example, by photoelectrowetting (OEW) structures.
本公开涉及用于观察和操纵微物体的光学设备、系统和方法。具体地,本公开涉及一种用于微流体装置(例如光致动的微流体装置)中观察和操纵微物体的光学设备,以及相关的系统和方法。The present disclosure relates to optical devices, systems, and methods for observing and manipulating micro-objects. Specifically, the present disclosure relates to an optical device for observing and manipulating micro-objects in a microfluidic device (e.g., a light-actuated microfluidic device), and related systems and methods.
本文公开了一种用于在微流体装置中观察和/或操纵微物体的光学设备。光学设备被配置为执行微流体装置的外壳内的一个或多个微物体的成像、分析和操纵。该光学设备可以包括第一光源、结构光调制器、第一镜筒透镜、物镜、二向色分束器、第二镜筒透镜和图像传感器。结构光调制器被配置为接收来自第一光源的非结构光束并且传输结构光束以用于成像和/或选择性地激活所述微流体装置的衬底的表面上的多个介电泳(DEP)电极中的一个或多个,所述微流体装置包括本文上述的任何光致动的微流体装置。第一镜筒透镜被配置为捕获来自结构光调制器的结构光束。物镜被配置为对包括微流体装置的外壳的至少一部分在内的视场成像。二向色分束器被配置为将来自第一镜筒透镜的光束反射(或透射)到物镜并且将从物镜接收的图像光束透射(或反射)到第二镜筒透镜。第二镜筒透镜被配置为接收来自二向色分束器的图像光束并且将图像光束透射(或传输,transmit)到图像传感器。图像传感器被配置为从第二镜筒透镜接收图像光束并且从其生成视场的图像。Disclosed herein is an optical device for observing and/or manipulating micro-objects in a microfluidic device. The optical device is configured to perform imaging, analysis, and manipulation of one or more micro-objects within a housing of the microfluidic device. The optical device may include a first light source, a structured light modulator, a first tube lens, an objective lens, a dichroic beam splitter, a second tube lens, and an image sensor. The structured light modulator is configured to receive an unstructured light beam from the first light source and transmit a structured light beam for imaging and/or selectively activating one or more of a plurality of dielectrophoresis (DEP) electrodes on a surface of a substrate of the microfluidic device, including any of the light-actuated microfluidic devices described herein. The first tube lens is configured to capture the structured light beam from the structured light modulator. The objective lens is configured to image a field of view that includes at least a portion of the housing of the microfluidic device. The dichroic beam splitter is configured to reflect (or transmit) a light beam from the first tube lens to the objective lens and to transmit (or reflect) an image light beam received from the objective lens to the second tube lens. The second tube lens is configured to receive the image beam from the dichroic beam splitter and transmit the image beam to the image sensor. The image sensor is configured to receive the image beam from the second tube lens and generate an image of the field of view therefrom.
本文公开了一种用于观察和操纵微物体的系统。该系统可以包括微流体装置和用于在微流体装置中成像和/或操纵微物体的光学设备。微流体装置可以包括具有衬底的外壳。微流体装置还可以包括流动区域和多个隔离坞,每个隔离坞流体连接到流动区域。所述衬底可以包括表面和在所述表面上或由所述表面组成的多个介电泳(DEP)电极。所述微流体装置还可以包括盖,所述盖可以包括对可见光透明的接地电极。这种微流体设备的细节在本文其他地方和本领域中描述。参见,例如,2015年12月9日提交的公开号为WO2016/094507的国际申请专利申请;2013年10月10日提交的美国专利第9403172号;以及2013年10月30日提交的公开号为WO2014/074367的国际专利申请。光学设备可以被配置为执行对外壳内的一个或多个微物体的成像、分析和操纵。光学设备可以包括第一光源、结构光调制器、第一镜筒透镜和第二镜筒透镜、物镜、二向色分束器和图像传感器。所述结构光调制器可以被配置为从所述第一光源接收光,且传输结构光束以选择性地成像及/或激活所述微流体装置的所述衬底的所述表面上的所述多个DEP电极中的一个或多个。第一镜筒透镜可以被配置为捕获来自结构光调制器的光。物镜可以被配置为对视场成像,该视场包括在微流体装置内的流动区域的至少一部分和/或多个隔离坞的一部分。二向色分束器可以被配置为将结构光束从第一镜筒透镜反射或透射到物镜且将从物镜接收的图像光束透射或反射到第二镜筒透镜。第二镜筒透镜被配置为接收来自二向色分束器的图像光束并且将图像光束传输到图像传感器。图像传感器被配置为接收图像光束并且从其生成视场的图像。Disclosed herein is a system for observing and manipulating micro-objects. The system may include a microfluidic device and an optical apparatus for imaging and/or manipulating micro-objects in the microfluidic device. The microfluidic device may include a housing having a substrate. The microfluidic device may also include a flow region and a plurality of isolation docks, each of which is fluidically connected to the flow region. The substrate may include a surface and a plurality of dielectrophoresis (DEP) electrodes on or consisting of the surface. The microfluidic device may also include a cover, which may include a ground electrode that is transparent to visible light. Details of such a microfluidic device are described elsewhere herein and in the art. See, for example, International Patent Application Publication No. WO2016/094507, filed December 9, 2015; U.S. Patent No. 9,403,172, filed October 10, 2013; and International Patent Application Publication No. WO2014/074367, filed October 30, 2013. The optical apparatus may be configured to perform imaging, analysis, and manipulation of one or more micro-objects within the housing. The optical device may include a first light source, a structured light modulator, a first and second tube lenses, an objective lens, a dichroic beam splitter, and an image sensor. The structured light modulator may be configured to receive light from the first light source and transmit a structured light beam to selectively image and/or activate one or more of the plurality of DEP electrodes on the surface of the substrate of the microfluidic device. The first tube lens may be configured to capture light from the structured light modulator. The objective lens may be configured to image a field of view that includes at least a portion of a flow region within the microfluidic device and/or a portion of a plurality of isolation docks. The dichroic beam splitter may be configured to reflect or transmit the structured light beam from the first tube lens to the objective lens and transmit or reflect an image beam received from the objective lens to the second tube lens. The second tube lens is configured to receive an image beam from the dichroic beam splitter and transmit the image beam to the image sensor. The image sensor is configured to receive the image beam and generate an image of the field of view from the image beam.
本文公开了用于操作和观察此类装置的微流体装置和系统。图1A说明微流体装置100和系统150的示例,其可用于筛选和检测分泌结合(例如,特异性结合)到所关注抗原的抗体的抗体产生细胞。微流体装置100的透视图被表示为其盖110局部切除以提供微流体装置100中的局部视图。微流体装置100通常包括微流体管路120,微流体管路120包括流动路径106,流体介质180可以流过该流动路径106,可选地将一个或多个微物体(未示出)携带到微流体管路120中和/或通过微流体管路120。尽管在图1A中图示了单个微流体管路120,但是合适的微流体装置可以包括多个(例如,2个或3个)这样的微流体管路。无论如何,微流体装置100可以被配置为纳米流体装置。在图1A所示的实施方式中,微流体管路120包括多个微流体隔离坞124、126、128和130,每个具有与流动路径106流体连通的开口(例如,单个开口)。如下文进一步描述的,微流体隔离坞包括已经被优化以将微物体保持在诸如微流体装置100的微流体装置的各种特征和结构,甚至当介质180流过流动路径106时也是如此。然而,在转向前述内容之前,提供了微流体装置100和系统150的简要描述。Disclosed herein are microfluidic devices and systems for operating and observing such devices. Figure 1A illustrates the example of a microfluidic device 100 and a system 150, which can be used for screening and detecting antibody-producing cells that secrete antibodies that bind (e.g., specifically bind) to an antigen of interest. A perspective view of the microfluidic device 100 is represented by a partial excision of its lid 110 to provide a partial view in the microfluidic device 100. The microfluidic device 100 typically includes a microfluidic circuit 120, which includes a flow path 106 through which a fluid medium 180 can flow, optionally carrying one or more micro-objects (not shown) into and/or through the microfluidic circuit 120. Although a single microfluidic circuit 120 is illustrated in Figure 1A, suitable microfluidic devices can include multiple (e.g., 2 or 3) such microfluidic circuits. In any case, the microfluidic device 100 can be configured as a nanofluidic device. 1A , the microfluidic circuit 120 includes a plurality of microfluidic isolation docks 124, 126, 128, and 130, each having an opening (e.g., a single opening) in fluid communication with the flow path 106. As described further below, the microfluidic isolation docks include various features and structures that have been optimized to retain micro-objects within a microfluidic device, such as the microfluidic device 100, even when a medium 180 flows through the flow path 106. However, before turning to the foregoing, a brief description of the microfluidic device 100 and the system 150 is provided.
如在图1A中大体示出的,微流体管路120由外壳102限定。虽然外壳102可以在物理上构成为不同的配置,但是在图1A中所示的示例中,外壳102被描绘为包括支撑结构104(例如,基座)、微流体管路结构108和盖110。支撑结构104、微流体管路结构108和盖110可以彼此附接。例如,微流体管路结构108可以设置在支撑结构104的内表面109上,并且盖110可以设置在微流体管路结构108上方。微流体管路结构108可以与支撑结构104和盖1110一起限定微流体管路120的元件。As generally shown in FIG1A , the microfluidic circuit 120 is defined by the housing 102. Although the housing 102 can be physically constructed in different configurations, in the example shown in FIG1A , the housing 102 is depicted as including a support structure 104 (e.g., a base), a microfluidic circuit structure 108, and a cover 110. The support structure 104, the microfluidic circuit structure 108, and the cover 110 can be attached to each other. For example, the microfluidic circuit structure 108 can be disposed on an inner surface 109 of the support structure 104, and the cover 110 can be disposed over the microfluidic circuit structure 108. The microfluidic circuit structure 108 can, together with the support structure 104 and the cover 110, define elements of the microfluidic circuit 120.
如图1A所示,支撑结构104可以位于底部,盖110可以位于微流体管路120的顶部,或者,支撑结构104和盖110可以以其他取向进行配置。例如,支撑结构104可以位于微流体管路120的顶部,盖110可以位于微流体管路120的底部。无论如何,可以有一个或多个端口107,每个端口都包括进入或离开外壳102的通道。通道的示例包括阀、门、贯通孔等。如图所示,端口107是由微流体管路结构108中的间隙形成的通孔。然而,端口107可位于外壳102的其他组件中,例如盖110。在图1A中仅示出了一个端口107,但是微流体管路120可以具有两个或更多个端口107。例如,可以存在用作进入微流体管路120的流体的入口的第一端口107,并且存在用作离开微流体管路120的流体的出口的第二端口107。端口107是用作入口还是出口可以取决于流体流过流动路径106的方向。As shown in FIG1A , the support structure 104 can be located at the bottom, and the cover 110 can be located on top of the microfluidic circuit 120, or the support structure 104 and cover 110 can be configured in other orientations. For example, the support structure 104 can be located at the top of the microfluidic circuit 120, and the cover 110 can be located at the bottom of the microfluidic circuit 120. Regardless, there can be one or more ports 107, each of which includes a passageway for entering or exiting the housing 102. Examples of passageways include valves, doors, through-holes, etc. As shown, the port 107 is a through-hole formed by a gap in the microfluidic circuit structure 108. However, the port 107 can be located in other components of the housing 102, such as the cover 110. Only one port 107 is shown in FIG1A , but the microfluidic circuit 120 can have two or more ports 107. For example, there can be a first port 107 that serves as an inlet for fluid entering the microfluidic circuit 120, and a second port 107 that serves as an outlet for fluid exiting the microfluidic circuit 120. Whether port 107 functions as an inlet or an outlet may depend on the direction of fluid flow through flow path 106 .
支撑结构104可以包括一个或多个电极(未示出)和衬底或多个互连的衬底。例如,支撑结构104可以包括一个或多个半导体衬底,每个半导体衬底电连接到电极(例如,半导体衬底的全部或子集可以电连接到单个电极)。支撑结构104还可以包括印刷电路板组件(“PCBA”)。例如,半导体衬底可以安装在PCBA上。The support structure 104 may include one or more electrodes (not shown) and a substrate or multiple interconnected substrates. For example, the support structure 104 may include one or more semiconductor substrates, each of which is electrically connected to an electrode (e.g., all or a subset of the semiconductor substrates may be electrically connected to a single electrode). The support structure 104 may also include a printed circuit board assembly ("PCBA"). For example, the semiconductor substrates may be mounted on the PCBA.
微流体管路结构108可以限定微流体管路120的管路元件。这样的管路元件可以包括当微流体管路120被流体填充时可以流体地互连的空间或区域,诸如流动区域(其可以包括或可以是一个或多个流动通道)、腔室、坞、捕集器等。在图1A所示的微流体管路120中,微流体管路结构108包括框架114和微流体管路材料116。框架114可以部分地或完全地包围微流体管路材料116。框架114可以是例如基本上围绕微流体管路材料116的相对刚性的结构。例如,框架114可以包括金属材料。The microfluidic tubing structure 108 can define the tubing elements of the microfluidic tubing 120. Such tubing elements can include spaces or regions that can be fluidically interconnected when the microfluidic tubing 120 is filled with fluid, such as flow regions (which can include or can be one or more flow channels), chambers, docks, traps, etc. In the microfluidic tubing 120 shown in Figure 1A, the microfluidic tubing structure 108 includes a frame 114 and a microfluidic tubing material 116. The frame 114 can partially or completely surround the microfluidic tubing material 116. The frame 114 can be, for example, a relatively rigid structure that substantially surrounds the microfluidic tubing material 116. For example, the frame 114 can include a metal material.
微流体管路材料116可以由腔室或类似物图案化以限定微流体管路120的管路元件和互连。微流体管路材料116可以包括柔性材料,诸如柔性聚合物(例如,橡胶、塑料、弹性体、硅树脂、聚二甲基硅氧烷(“PDMS”)等),其可以是透气的。可构成微流体管路材料116的材料的其他示例包括模制玻璃、诸如硅树脂(例如可光图案化的硅树脂或“PPS”)的可蚀刻材料、光致抗蚀剂(例如,SU8)等。在一些实施方式中,这种材料、即微流体管路材料116可以是刚性的和/或基本上不透气。无论如何,微流体管路材料116可设置在支撑结构104上且在框架114内。The microfluidic tubing material 116 can be patterned with chambers or the like to define the tubing elements and interconnections of the microfluidic tubing 120. The microfluidic tubing material 116 can include a flexible material, such as a flexible polymer (e.g., rubber, plastic, elastomer, silicone, polydimethylsiloxane (“PDMS”), etc.), which can be breathable. Other examples of materials that can constitute the microfluidic tubing material 116 include molded glass, etchable materials such as silicone (e.g., photopatternable silicone or “PPS”), photoresist (e.g., SU8), etc. In some embodiments, such material, i.e., the microfluidic tubing material 116, can be rigid and/or substantially impermeable. In any event, the microfluidic tubing material 116 can be disposed on the support structure 104 and within the frame 114.
盖110可以是框架114和/或微流体管路材料116的整体部分。或者,如图1A所示,盖110可以是结构上不同的元件。盖110可以包括与框架114和/或微流体管路材料116相同或不同的材料。类似地,支撑结构104可以是与所示的框架114或微流体管路材料116分离的结构,或者是框架114或微流体管路材料116的整体部分。同样,框架114和微流体管路材料116可以是如图1A所示的单独结构或相同结构的整体部分。The cover 110 can be an integral part of the frame 114 and/or the microfluidic tubing material 116. Alternatively, as shown in FIG1A , the cover 110 can be a structurally distinct component. The cover 110 can comprise the same or different material as the frame 114 and/or the microfluidic tubing material 116. Similarly, the support structure 104 can be a separate structure from the frame 114 or the microfluidic tubing material 116 as shown, or an integral part of the frame 114 or the microfluidic tubing material 116. Likewise, the frame 114 and the microfluidic tubing material 116 can be separate structures as shown in FIG1A or integral parts of the same structure.
在一些实施方式中,盖110可以包括刚性材料。刚性材料可以是玻璃或具有类似特性的材料。在一些实施方式中,盖110可以包括可变形材料。可变形材料可以是聚合物,例如PDMS。在一些实施方式中,盖110可以包括刚性和可变形材料。例如,盖110的一个或多个部分(例如,位于隔离坞124、126、128、130上方的一个或多个部分)可以包括与盖110的刚性材料对接的可变形材料。在一些实施方式中,盖110可以进一步包括一个或多个电极。一个或多个电极可以包括导电氧化物,诸如氧化铟锡(ITO),其可涂覆在玻璃或类似绝缘材料上。可替代地,一个或多个电极可以是柔性电极,例如单壁纳米管、多壁纳米管、纳米线、导电纳米颗粒簇或其组合,嵌入在可变形材料中,诸如聚合物(例如,PDMS)。可在微流体装置中使用的柔性电极已在例如US2012/0325665(Chiou等人)中描述,其内容通过引用并入本文。在一些实施方式中,盖110可以被修改(例如,通过调节朝向微流体管路120的面向内的表面的全部或部分)以支持细胞粘附、活力和/或生长。改性可以包括合成或天然聚合物的涂层。在一些实施方式中,盖110和/或支撑结构104对光透明。盖110还可以包括至少一种透气的材料(例如,PDMS或PPS)。In some embodiments, the cover 110 can include a rigid material. The rigid material can be glass or a material with similar properties. In some embodiments, the cover 110 can include a deformable material. The deformable material can be a polymer, such as PDMS. In some embodiments, the cover 110 can include both rigid and deformable materials. For example, one or more portions of the cover 110 (e.g., one or more portions located above the isolation docks 124, 126, 128, 130) can include a deformable material that interfaces with the rigid material of the cover 110. In some embodiments, the cover 110 can further include one or more electrodes. The one or more electrodes can include a conductive oxide, such as indium tin oxide (ITO), which can be coated on glass or a similar insulating material. Alternatively, the one or more electrodes can be flexible electrodes, such as single-walled nanotubes, multi-walled nanotubes, nanowires, clusters of conductive nanoparticles, or combinations thereof, embedded in a deformable material, such as a polymer (e.g., PDMS). Flexible electrodes that can be used in microfluidic devices have been described, for example, in US 2012/0325665 (Chiou et al.), the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference. In some embodiments, the cover 110 can be modified (e.g., by modifying all or part of the inwardly facing surface toward the microfluidic conduit 120) to support cell adhesion, viability, and/or growth. The modification can include a coating of a synthetic or natural polymer. In some embodiments, the cover 110 and/or support structure 104 are transparent to light. The cover 110 can also include at least one gas permeable material (e.g., PDMS or PPS).
图1A还示出了用于操作和控制诸如微流体装置100的微流体装置的系统150。系统150包括电源192、成像装置194(结合在成像模块164内,其中装置194本身未在图1A中示出)和倾斜装置190(结合在倾斜模块166内,其中装置190本身未在图1中示出)。1A also shows a system 150 for operating and controlling a microfluidic device, such as microfluidic device 100. System 150 includes a power source 192, an imaging device 194 (incorporated within imaging module 164, wherein device 194 itself is not shown in FIG. 1A ), and a tilting device 190 (incorporated within tilting module 166, wherein device 190 itself is not shown in FIG. 1 ).
电源192可以向微流体装置100和/或倾斜装置190提供电力,根据需要提供偏置电压或电流。电源192可以例如包括一个或多个交流(AC)和/或直流(DC)电压或电流源。成像装置194(下文论述的成像模块164的部分)可以包括用于捕获微流体管路120内部的图像的装置,例如数码相机。在一些情况下,成像装置194还包括具有快速帧速率和/或高灵敏度(例如,用于低光应用)的检测器。成像装置194还可以包括用于将刺激辐射和/或光束引导到微流体管路120中并且收集从微流体管路120(或包含在其中的微物体)反射或发射的辐射和/或光束的机构。发射的光束可以在可见光谱中并且可以例如包括荧光发射。反射光束可以包括源自LED或宽光谱灯的反射发射,诸如汞灯(例如高压汞灯)或氙弧灯。如关于图3B所论述,成像装置194还可以包含显微镜(或光学设备),其可包含目镜或不包含目镜。The power supply 192 can provide power to the microfluidic device 100 and/or the tilting device 190, providing a bias voltage or current as needed. The power supply 192 can, for example, include one or more alternating current (AC) and/or direct current (DC) voltage or current sources. The imaging device 194 (part of the imaging module 164 discussed below) can include a device for capturing images of the interior of the microfluidic circuit 120, such as a digital camera. In some cases, the imaging device 194 also includes a detector with a fast frame rate and/or high sensitivity (e.g., for low-light applications). The imaging device 194 can also include a mechanism for directing stimulating radiation and/or light beams into the microfluidic circuit 120 and collecting radiation and/or light beams reflected or emitted from the microfluidic circuit 120 (or micro-objects contained therein). The emitted light beam can be in the visible spectrum and can, for example, include fluorescent emission. The reflected light beam can include reflected emission from an LED or a broad spectrum lamp, such as a mercury lamp (e.g., a high-pressure mercury lamp) or a xenon arc lamp. As discussed with respect to FIG. 3B , imaging device 194 may also include a microscope (or optical apparatus), which may or may not include an eyepiece.
系统150还包括倾斜装置190(下面描述的倾斜模块166的一部分),该倾斜装置190被配置为使微流体装置100围绕一个或多个旋转轴线旋转。在一些实施方式中,倾斜装置190被配置为围绕至少一个轴线支撑和/或保持包括微流体管路120的外壳102,使得微流体装置100(因此微流体管路120)可以保持在水平取向(即,相对于x轴和y轴为0°)、垂直取向(即,相对于x轴和/或y轴呈90度)或它们之间的任何取向。微流体装置100(和微流体管路120)相对于轴线的取向在本文中被称为微流体装置100(和微流体管路120)的“倾斜”取向。例如,倾斜装置190可使微流体装置100相对于x轴倾斜0.1°、0.2°、0.3°、0.4°、0.5°、0.6°、0.7°、0.8°、0.9、1°、2°、3°、4°、5°、10°、15°、20°、25°、30°、35°、40°,45°,50°、55°、60°、65°、70°、75°、80°、90°或在它们之间的任何角度。水平取向(以及因此x轴和y轴)被限定为垂直于由重力限定的竖直轴线。倾斜装置还可使微流体装置100(和微流体管路120)相对于x轴和/或y轴倾斜大于90°,或使微流体装置100(和微流体管路120)相对于x轴或y轴倾斜180°,以便完全互调微流体装置100(和微流体管路120)。类似地,在一些实施方式中,倾斜装置190使微流体装置100(和微流体管路120)围绕由流动路径106或微流体管路120的一些其他部分限定的旋转轴线倾斜。The system 150 also includes a tilting device 190 (part of the tilting module 166 described below) that is configured to rotate the microfluidic device 100 about one or more rotational axes. In some embodiments, the tilting device 190 is configured to support and/or hold the housing 102 including the microfluidic conduit 120 about at least one axis such that the microfluidic device 100 (and therefore the microfluidic conduit 120) can be held in a horizontal orientation (i.e., 0° relative to the x-axis and y-axis), a vertical orientation (i.e., 90 degrees relative to the x-axis and/or y-axis), or any orientation therebetween. The orientation of the microfluidic device 100 (and the microfluidic conduit 120) relative to an axis is referred to herein as the "tilted" orientation of the microfluidic device 100 (and the microfluidic conduit 120). For example, the tilting device 190 can tilt the microfluidic device 100 relative to the x-axis by 0.1°, 0.2°, 0.3°, 0.4°, 0.5°, 0.6°, 0.7°, 0.8°, 0.9, 1°, 2°, 3°, 4°, 5°, 10°, 15°, 20°, 25°, 30°, 35°, 40°, 45°, 50°, 55°, 60°, 65°, 70°, 75°, 80°, 90°, or any angle therebetween. The horizontal orientation (and therefore the x-axis and y-axis) is defined as being perpendicular to the vertical axis defined by gravity. The tilting device can also tilt the microfluidic device 100 (and the microfluidic circuit 120) by more than 90° relative to the x-axis and/or the y-axis, or by 180° relative to the x-axis or the y-axis, so as to fully intertune the microfluidic device 100 (and the microfluidic circuit 120). Similarly, in some embodiments, the tilting device 190 tilts the microfluidic device 100 (and the microfluidic circuit 120) about a rotational axis defined by the flow path 106 or some other portion of the microfluidic circuit 120.
在一些情况下,微流体装置100被倾斜成垂直取向,使得流动路径106定位在一个或多个隔离坞的上方或下方。如本文所使用的术语“上文”表示流动路径106定位成高于由重力限定的竖直轴线上的一个或多个隔离坞(即,流动路径106上方的隔离坞中的物体具有比流动路径中的物体更高的重力势能)。如本文所使用的术语“下方”表示流动路径106定位成低于由重力限定的竖直轴线上的一个或多个隔离坞(即,流动路径106下方的隔离坞中的物体具有比流动路径中的物体更低的重力势能)。In some cases, the microfluidic device 100 is tilted into a vertical orientation such that the flow path 106 is positioned above or below one or more isolation docks. As used herein, the term "above" means that the flow path 106 is positioned higher than one or more isolation docks on a vertical axis defined by gravity (i.e., objects in an isolation dock above the flow path 106 have a higher gravitational potential energy than objects in the flow path). As used herein, the term "below" means that the flow path 106 is positioned lower than one or more isolation docks on a vertical axis defined by gravity (i.e., objects in an isolation dock below the flow path 106 have a lower gravitational potential energy than objects in the flow path).
在一些情况下,倾斜装置190使微流体装置100围绕平行于流动路径106的轴线倾斜。此外,微流体装置100可以倾斜到小于90°的角度,使得流动路径106位于一个或多个隔离坞的上方或下方,而不直接位于隔离坞的上方或下方。在其他情况下,倾斜装置190使微流体装置100围绕垂直于流动路径106的轴线倾斜。在其他情况下,倾斜装置190使微流体装置100围绕既不平行也不垂直于流动路径106的轴线倾斜。In some cases, the tilting device 190 tilts the microfluidic device 100 about an axis that is parallel to the flow path 106. In addition, the microfluidic device 100 can be tilted to an angle less than 90° so that the flow path 106 is located above or below one or more isolation docks, rather than directly above or below the isolation docks. In other cases, the tilting device 190 tilts the microfluidic device 100 about an axis that is perpendicular to the flow path 106. In other cases, the tilting device 190 tilts the microfluidic device 100 about an axis that is neither parallel nor perpendicular to the flow path 106.
系统150还可以包括介质源178。介质源178(例如,容器、贮存器等)可以包括多个部分或容器,每个部分或容器用于保持不同的流体介质180。因此,介质源178可以是在微流体装置100外部且与微流体装置100分离的装置,如图1A所示。或者,介质源178可全部或部分地位于微流体装置100的外壳102内。例如,介质源178可以包括作为微流体装置100的一部分的贮存器。The system 150 may also include a medium source 178. The medium source 178 (e.g., container, reservoir, etc.) may include multiple parts or containers, each part or container being used to hold a different fluid medium 180. Thus, the medium source 178 may be a device that is external to and separate from the microfluidic device 100, as shown in FIG1A. Alternatively, the medium source 178 may be located entirely or partially within the housing 102 of the microfluidic device 100. For example, the medium source 178 may include a reservoir that is part of the microfluidic device 100.
图1A还示出了构成系统150的一部分并且可以与微流体装置100结合使用的控制和监测设备152的示例的简化框图描绘。如图所示,这样的控制和监测设备152的示例包括主控制器154,其可以控制其他控制和监测设备,例如:用于控制介质源178的介质模块160的;用于控制微流体管路120中的微物体(未示出)和/或介质(例如,介质的液滴)的移动和/或选择的运动模块162;用于控制成像装置194(例如,用于捕获图像(例如,数字图像)的相机、显微镜、光源或其任何组合)的成像模块164;以及用于控制倾斜装置190的倾斜模块166。控制设备152还可以包括用于控制、监测或执行关于微流体装置100的其他功能的其他模块168。如图所示,设备152还可以包括显示设备170和输入/输出设备172。FIG1A also shows a simplified block diagram depicting an example of a control and monitoring device 152 that forms part of the system 150 and can be used in conjunction with the microfluidic device 100. As shown, an example of such a control and monitoring device 152 includes a main controller 154 that can control other control and monitoring devices, such as: a media module 160 for controlling a media source 178; a motion module 162 for controlling the movement and/or selection of micro-objects (not shown) and/or media (e.g., droplets of media) in the microfluidic circuit 120; an imaging module 164 for controlling an imaging device 194 (e.g., a camera, a microscope, a light source, or any combination thereof for capturing images (e.g., digital images); and a tilt module 166 for controlling a tilt device 190. The control device 152 may also include other modules 168 for controlling, monitoring, or performing other functions with respect to the microfluidic device 100. As shown, the device 152 may also include a display device 170 and input/output devices 172.
主控制器154可以包括控制模块156和数字存储器158。控制模块156可以包括例如被配置为根据存储为存储器158中的非暂时性数据或信号的机器可执行指令(例如,软件、固件、源代码等)操作的数字处理器。另外地或额外地,控制模块156可以包括硬连线数字电路和/或模拟电路。介质模块160、运动模块162、成像模块164、倾斜模块166和/或其他模块168可以被类似地配置。因此,本文所描述的关于微流体装置100或任何其他微流体设备执行的过程的功能、过程动作、动作或步骤可以由如上所述配置的主控制器154、介质模块160、运动模块162、成像模块164、倾斜模块166和/或其他模块168中的任何一个或多个来执行被配置。类似地,主控制器154、介质模块160、运动模块162、成像模块164、倾斜模块166和/或其他模块168可以通信地耦合以发送和接收在本文描述的功能、过程、过程动作、动作或步骤中的任意一个使用的数据。The main controller 154 may include a control module 156 and a digital memory 158. The control module 156 may include, for example, a digital processor configured to operate according to machine-executable instructions (e.g., software, firmware, source code, etc.) stored as non-transitory data or signals in the memory 158. Alternatively or additionally, the control module 156 may include hard-wired digital circuits and/or analog circuits. The media module 160, motion module 162, imaging module 164, tilt module 166, and/or other modules 168 may be similarly configured. Thus, the functions, process actions, actions, or steps of the processes described herein with respect to the microfluidic device 100 or any other microfluidic device can be performed by any one or more of the main controller 154, media module 160, motion module 162, imaging module 164, tilt module 166, and/or other modules 168 configured as described above. Similarly, the main controller 154, media module 160, motion module 162, imaging module 164, tilt module 166 and/or other modules 168 can be communicatively coupled to send and receive data used in any of the functions, processes, process actions, actions or steps described herein.
介质模块160控制介质源178。例如,介质模块160可以控制介质源178以将所选择的流体介质180输入到外壳102中(例如,通过入口端口107)。介质模块160还可以控制介质从外壳102的移除(例如,通过出口端口(未示出))。因此,可将一种或多种介质选择性地输入到微流体管路120中和从微流体管路120移除。介质模块160还可以控制微流体管路120内的流动路径106中的流体介质180的流动。例如,在一些实施方式中,介质模块160在倾斜模块166使倾斜装置190将微流体装置100倾斜到期望的倾斜角度之前,阻止介质180在流动路径106中和穿过外壳102的流动。The media module 160 controls the media source 178. For example, the media module 160 can control the media source 178 to input a selected fluid medium 180 into the housing 102 (e.g., through the inlet port 107). The media module 160 can also control the removal of the medium from the housing 102 (e.g., through the outlet port (not shown)). Thus, one or more media can be selectively input into and removed from the microfluidic circuit 120. The media module 160 can also control the flow of the fluid medium 180 in the flow path 106 within the microfluidic circuit 120. For example, in some embodiments, the media module 160 prevents the flow of the medium 180 in the flow path 106 and through the housing 102 before the tilt module 166 causes the tilt device 190 to tilt the microfluidic device 100 to a desired tilt angle.
运动模块162可以被配置为控制微流体管路120中的微物体(未示出)的选择、捕获和移动。如下面关于图1B和1C所描述的,外壳102可以包括介电泳(DEP)、光电镊子(OET)和/或光电润湿(OEW)结构(图1A中未示出),并且运动模块162可以控制电极和/或晶体管(例如,光电晶体管)的激活,以选择和移动流动路径106和/或隔离坞124、126、128、130中的微物体(未示出)和/或介质的液滴(未示出)。The motion module 162 can be configured to control the selection, capture, and movement of micro-objects (not shown) in the microfluidic circuit 120. As described below with respect to Figures 1B and 1C, the housing 102 can include dielectrophoresis (DEP), optoelectronic tweezers (OET), and/or photoelectrowetting (OEW) structures (not shown in Figure 1A), and the motion module 162 can control the activation of electrodes and/or transistors (e.g., phototransistors) to select and move micro-objects (not shown) and/or droplets of medium (not shown) in the flow path 106 and/or the isolation docks 124, 126, 128, 130.
成像模块164可以控制成像装置194。例如,成像模块164可以从成像装置194接收和处理图像数据。来自成像装置194的图像数据可以包括由成像装置194捕获的任何类型的信息(例如,微物体的存在或不存在、介质的液滴、例如荧光标记等的标签的累积等)。使用由成像装置194捕获的信息,成像模块164还可以计算物体(例如,微物体、介质的液滴)和/或此类物体在微流体装置100内的运动速率。The imaging module 164 can control the imaging device 194. For example, the imaging module 164 can receive and process image data from the imaging device 194. The image data from the imaging device 194 can include any type of information captured by the imaging device 194 (e.g., the presence or absence of micro-objects, droplets of medium, accumulation of labels such as fluorescent markers, etc.). Using the information captured by the imaging device 194, the imaging module 164 can also calculate objects (e.g., micro-objects, droplets of medium) and/or the rate of movement of such objects within the microfluidic device 100.
倾斜模块166可以控制倾斜装置190的倾斜运动。另外地或额外地,倾斜模块166可以控制倾斜速率和定时,以优化微物体经由重力向一个或多个隔离坞的转移。倾斜模块166与成像模块164通信地耦合以接收描述微流体管路120中的微物体和/或介质液滴的运动的数据。使用该数据,倾斜模块166可以调节微流体管路120的倾斜,以便调节微流体和/或介质液滴在微流体管路120中移动的速率。倾斜模块166还可以使用该数据来迭代地调节微流体管路120中的微物体和/或介质液滴的位置。The tilt module 166 can control the tilting motion of the tilting device 190. Alternatively or additionally, the tilt module 166 can control the tilting rate and timing to optimize the transfer of the micro-objects to one or more isolation docks via gravity. The tilt module 166 is communicatively coupled to the imaging module 164 to receive data describing the movement of the micro-objects and/or media droplets in the microfluidic circuit 120. Using this data, the tilt module 166 can adjust the tilt of the microfluidic circuit 120 to adjust the rate at which the microfluids and/or media droplets move in the microfluidic circuit 120. The tilt module 166 can also use this data to iteratively adjust the position of the micro-objects and/or media droplets in the microfluidic circuit 120.
在图1A所示的示例中,微流体管路120被示出为包括微流体通道122和隔离坞124、126、128、130。每个坞包括通向微流体通道122的单个开口,其余的被封闭,使得坞可以将坞内的微物体与流体介质180和/或微物体基本上隔离在通道122的流动路径106中或其他坞中。隔离坞的壁从基部的内表面109延伸到盖110的内表面以进行封闭。坞到通道122的开口被取向为与流体介质180的流体106成一角度,使得流体106不被引导到坞中。流体可以与坞的开口的平面相切或正交。在一些情况下,坞124、126、128、130被配置为在微流体管路120内物理地支撑一个或多个微物体。如将在下面详细描述和示出的,本发明的隔离坞可以包括各种形状、表面和特征,这些形状、表面和特征被优化以与DEP、OET、流动流体和/或重力一起使用。In the example shown in Figure 1A, microfluidic circuit 120 is shown to include a microfluidic channel 122 and isolation docks 124, 126, 128, 130. Each dock includes a single opening leading to the microfluidic channel 122, and the rest are closed so that the dock can substantially isolate the micro-objects in the dock from the fluid medium 180 and/or the micro-objects in the flow path 106 of the channel 122 or in other docks. The wall of the isolation dock extends from the inner surface 109 of the base to the inner surface of the cover 110 for sealing. The opening of the dock to the channel 122 is oriented to be at an angle to the fluid 106 of the fluid medium 180 so that the fluid 106 is not directed into the dock. The fluid can be tangential or orthogonal to the plane of the opening of the dock. In some cases, docks 124, 126, 128, 130 are configured to physically support one or more micro-objects in the microfluidic circuit 120. As will be described and illustrated in detail below, the isolation docks of the present invention may include a variety of shapes, surfaces, and features that are optimized for use with DEP, OET, flowing fluids, and/or gravity.
微流体管路120可以包括任何数量的微流体隔离坞。尽管示出了五个隔离坞,但是微流体管路120可以具有更少或更多的隔离坞。如图所示,微流体管路120的微流体隔离坞124、126、128和130各自包括不同的特征和形状,其可以提供在筛选抗体产生细胞中有用的一个或多个益处,例如将一个抗体产生细胞与另一抗体产生细胞分离。微流体隔离坞124、126、128和130可以提供其他益处,例如促进产生抗体的细胞的集落(例如克隆集落)的单细胞装载和/或生长。在一些实施方式中,微流体管路120包括多个相同的微流体隔离坞。Microfluidic circuit 120 can comprise the microfluid isolation dock of any number.Although five isolation docks are shown, microfluidic circuit 120 can have less or more isolation dock.As shown in the figure, the microfluid isolation dock 124,126,128 and 130 of microfluidic circuit 120 each comprise different features and shapes, which can provide one or more benefits useful in screening antibody production cells, for example, an antibody production cell is separated from another antibody production cell.Microfluidic isolation dock 124,126,128 and 130 can provide other benefits, for example, promotes single cell loading and/or the growth of the colony (for example clonal colony) of the cell that produces antibody.In some embodiments, microfluidic circuit 120 comprises a plurality of identical microfluid isolation docks.
在一些实施方式中,微流体管路120包括多个微流体隔离坞,其中两个或更多个隔离坞包括不同的结构和/或特征,供用于筛选抗体产生细胞的不同益处。可用于筛选抗体产生细胞的微流体装置可以包括任何隔离坞124、126、128和130或其变型,和/或可以包括如下所述的类似于图2B、图2C、图2D、图2E和图2F所示的坞。In some embodiments, the microfluidic circuit 120 includes a plurality of microfluidic isolation docks, wherein two or more isolation docks include different structures and/or features for different benefits of screening antibody-producing cells. A microfluidic device that can be used to screen antibody-producing cells can include any isolation docks 124, 126, 128, and 130 or variations thereof, and/or can include docks similar to those shown in Figures 2B, 2C, 2D, 2E, and 2F as described below.
在图1A所示的实施方式中,示出了单个通道122和流动路径106。然而,其他实施方式可以包含多个通道122,每个通道被配置为包括流动路径106。微流体管路120还包括与流动路径106和流体介质180流体连通的入口阀或端口107,由此流体介质180可以经由入口端口107流入通道122。在一些情况下,流动路径106包括单个路径。在一些情况下,单个路径以锯齿形图案布置,由此流动路径106沿交替方向在微流体装置100上两次或更多次行进。In the embodiment shown in FIG1A , a single channel 122 and flow path 106 are shown. However, other embodiments may include multiple channels 122, each configured to include a flow path 106. The microfluidic circuit 120 also includes an inlet valve or port 107 in fluid communication with the flow path 106 and a fluid medium 180, whereby the fluid medium 180 can flow into the channel 122 via the inlet port 107. In some cases, the flow path 106 includes a single path. In some cases, the single path is arranged in a zigzag pattern, whereby the flow path 106 travels two or more times along the microfluidic device 100 in alternating directions.
在一些情况下,微流体管路120包括多个平行通道122和流动路径106,其中每个流动路径106内的流体介质180在相同方向上流动。在一些情况下,每个流动路径106内的流体介质在向前或向后方向中的至少一个方向上流动。在一些情况下,多个隔离坞被配置(例如,相对于通道122),使得隔离坞可以平行地加载有目标微物体。In some cases, microfluidic circuit 120 includes multiple parallel channels 122 and flow paths 106, wherein the fluid medium 180 within each flow path 106 flows in the same direction. In some cases, the fluid medium within each flow path 106 flows in at least one of a forward or backward direction. In some cases, multiple isolation docks are configured (e.g., relative to channels 122) so that the isolation docks can be loaded with target micro-objects in parallel.
在一些实施方式中,微流体管路120还包括一个或多个微物体捕集器132。捕集器132通常形成在形成通道122的边界的壁中,并且可以定位成与微流体隔离坞124、126、128、130中的一个或多个的开口对置。在一些实施方式中,捕集器132被配置为从流动路径106接收或捕集单个微物体。在一些实施方式中,捕集器132被配置为从流动路径106接收或捕集多个微物体。在一些情况下,捕集器132包括近似与单个目标微物体的体积相等的体积。In some embodiments, the microfluidic circuit 120 further includes one or more micro-object traps 132. The traps 132 are typically formed in a wall that forms a boundary of the channel 122 and can be positioned opposite an opening of one or more of the microfluidic isolation docks 124, 126, 128, 130. In some embodiments, the traps 132 are configured to receive or trap a single micro-object from the flow path 106. In some embodiments, the traps 132 are configured to receive or trap a plurality of micro-objects from the flow path 106. In some cases, the traps 132 include a volume that is approximately equal to the volume of a single target micro-object.
捕集器132还可以包括开口,所述开口被配置为辅助目标微物体流入捕集器132中。在一些情况下,捕集器132包括具有近似等于单个目标微物体的尺寸的高度和宽度的开口,由此防止较大的微物体进入微物体捕集器。捕集器132还可以包括被配置为帮助将目标微物体保持在捕集器132内的其他特征。在一些情况下,捕集器132相对于微流体隔离坞的开口与通道122的相对侧对齐并位于其相对侧,使得在微流体装置100围绕平行于通道122的轴倾斜时,被捕获的微物体以使得微物体落入隔离坞的开口中的轨迹离开捕集器132。在一些情况下,捕集器132包括侧通道134,该侧通道134小于目标微物体以便于流过捕集器132,从而增加在捕集器132中捕获微物体的可能性。The trap 132 may further comprise an opening configured to assist the flow of target micro-objects into the trap 132. In some cases, the trap 132 comprises an opening having a height and width approximately equal to the size of a single target micro-object, thereby preventing larger micro-objects from entering the micro-object trap. The trap 132 may further comprise other features configured to help retain the target micro-objects within the trap 132. In some cases, the trap 132 is aligned with and located on opposite sides of the opening of the microfluidic isolation dock relative to the channel 122, such that when the microfluidic device 100 is tilted about an axis parallel to the channel 122, the captured micro-objects leave the trap 132 with a trajectory that causes the micro-objects to fall into the opening of the isolation dock. In some cases, the trap 132 comprises a side channel 134 that is smaller than the target micro-object to facilitate flow through the trap 132, thereby increasing the likelihood of capturing the micro-objects in the trap 132.
在一些实施方式中,介电泳(DEP)力经由一个或多个电极(未示出)施加在流体介质180(例如,在流动路径和/或隔离坞中)以操纵、传输、分离和分类位于其中的微物体。例如,在一些实施方式中,DEP力被施加到微流体管路120的一个或多个部分,以便将单个微物体从流动路径106转移到期望的微流体隔离坞中。在一些实施方式中,DEP力用于防止隔离坞(例如,隔离坞124、126、128或130)内的微物体从其移位。此外,在一些实施方式中,DEP力用于从根据本发明的教导而先前收集的隔离坞选择性地移除微物体。在一些实施方式中,DEP力包括光电镊子(OET)力。In some embodiments, dielectrophoresis (DEP) forces are applied to the fluid medium 180 (e.g., in the flow path and/or isolation dock) via one or more electrodes (not shown) to manipulate, transport, separate, and classify micro-objects located therein. For example, in some embodiments, DEP forces are applied to one or more portions of the microfluidic circuit 120 to transfer a single micro-object from the flow path 106 to a desired microfluidic isolation dock. In some embodiments, DEP forces are used to prevent micro-objects within an isolation dock (e.g., isolation dock 124, 126, 128, or 130) from shifting therefrom. Additionally, in some embodiments, DEP forces are used to selectively remove micro-objects from an isolation dock that was previously collected in accordance with the teachings of the present invention. In some embodiments, DEP forces comprise optoelectronic tweezers (OET) forces.
在其他实施方式中,光电润湿(OEW)力经由一个或多个电极(未示出)施加到微流体装置100的支撑结构104(和/或盖110)中的一个或多个位置(例如,帮助限定流动路径和/或隔离坞的位置)以操纵、传输、分离和分类位于微流体管路120中的液滴。例如,在一些实施方式中,OEW力被施加到支撑结构104(和/或盖110)中的一个或多个位置,以便将单个液滴从流动路径106转移到期望的微流体隔离坞中。在一些实施方式中,OEW力用于防止隔离坞(例如,隔离坞124、126、128或130)内的液滴从其移位。此外,在一些实施方式中,OEW力用于从根据本发明的教导而先前收集的隔离坞选择性地移除液滴。In other embodiments, photoelectrowetting (OEW) forces are applied via one or more electrodes (not shown) to one or more locations in the support structure 104 (and/or lid 110) of the microfluidic device 100 (e.g., locations that help define flow paths and/or isolation docks) to manipulate, transport, separate, and sort droplets located in the microfluidic circuit 120. For example, in some embodiments, OEW forces are applied to one or more locations in the support structure 104 (and/or lid 110) to transfer a single droplet from the flow path 106 to a desired microfluidic isolation dock. In some embodiments, the OEW forces are used to prevent droplets within an isolation dock (e.g., isolation dock 124, 126, 128, or 130) from being displaced therefrom. Additionally, in some embodiments, the OEW forces are used to selectively remove droplets from an isolation dock that was previously collected according to the teachings of the present invention.
在一些实施方式中,DEP力和/或OEW力与其他力,例如流体和/或重力组合,以便操纵、运输、分离和分类微流体管路120内的微物体和/或液滴。例如,外壳102可以倾斜(例如,通过倾斜装置190)以将流动路径106和位于其中的微物体定位在微流体隔离坞上方,并且重力可以将微物体和/或液滴输送到坞中。在一些实施方式中,DEP力和/或OEW力可以在其他力之前施加。在其他实施方式中,DEP力和/或OEW力可以在其他力之后施加。在其他情况下,DEP力和/或OEW力可以与其他力同时或以与其他力交替的方式施加。In some embodiments, DEP forces and/or OEW forces are combined with other forces, such as fluid and/or gravity, to manipulate, transport, separate, and sort micro-objects and/or droplets within the microfluidic circuit 120. For example, the housing 102 can be tilted (e.g., by tilting device 190) to position the flow path 106 and the micro-objects therein above the microfluidic isolation dock, and gravity can transport the micro-objects and/or droplets into the dock. In some embodiments, the DEP force and/or OEW force can be applied before the other forces. In other embodiments, the DEP force and/or OEW force can be applied after the other forces. In other cases, the DEP force and/or OEW force can be applied simultaneously with the other forces or in an alternating manner with the other forces.
图1B、图1C和图2A~图2H示出了可以在本发明的实践中使用的微流体装置的各种实施方式。图1B描绘了其中微流体装置200被配置为光学致动的电动装置的实施方式。多种光学致动的电动设备在本领域中是已知的,包括具有光电镊子(OET)结构的设备和具有光电电润湿(OEW)结构的设备。合适的OET结构的示例在以下美国专利文献中说明,所述文献中的每一个以全文引用的方式并入本文中:美国专利No.RE44,711(Wu等人)(最初公布为美国专利第7612355号);美国专利第7,956,339号(Ohta等人);美国专利第9403172号(Wu等);和公开号为20160184821(Hobbs等)的美国专利申请。OEW结构的示例在美国专利第6,958,132号(Chiou等人)中示出;公开号为2012/0024708(Chiou等人)美国专利申请;和美国专利第9815056号(Wu等人)中,各专利以整体引用方式并入本文。光学致动的电动装置的又一示例包括组合的OET/OEW结构,其示例在美国专利公开号20150306598(Khandros等人)和20150306599(Khandros等人)及其对应的PCT公开WO2015/164846和WO2015/164847中示出,所有这些专利通过整体引用并入本文。Figures 1B, 1C, and 2A to 2H show various embodiments of microfluidic devices that can be used in the practice of the present invention. Figure 1B depicts an embodiment in which the microfluidic device 200 is configured as an optically actuated electric device. A variety of optically actuated electric devices are known in the art, including devices with optoelectronic tweezers (OET) structures and devices with optoelectronic electrowetting (OEW) structures. Examples of suitable OET structures are described in the following U.S. patent documents, each of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety: U.S. Patent No. RE44,711 (Wu et al.) (originally published as U.S. Patent No. 7,612,355); U.S. Patent No. 7,956,339 (Ohta et al.); U.S. Patent No. 9,403,172 (Wu et al.); and U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 20160184821 (Hobbs et al.). Examples of OEW structures are shown in U.S. Patent No. 6,958,132 (Chiou et al.); U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2012/0024708 (Chiou et al.); and U.S. Patent No. 9,815,056 (Wu et al.), each of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. Yet another example of an optically actuated electrokinetic device includes a combined OET/OEW structure, examples of which are shown in U.S. Patent Publication Nos. 20150306598 (Khandros et al.) and 20150306599 (Khandros et al.) and their corresponding PCT Publications WO 2015/164846 and WO 2015/164847, all of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.
例如在公开号为20140116881(Chapman等人)、20150151298(Hobbs等人)和20150165436(Chapman等人)的美国专利申请中描述了具有其中可以放置、培养、监测和/或筛选产生抗体的细胞的坞的微流体装置的示例,各专利以整体引用方式并入本文。各个前述申请进一步描述了被配置为产生介电泳(DEP)力的微流体装置,例如光电镊子(OET)或被配置为提供光电润湿(OEW)。例如,美国专利申请公开号20140116881(Chapman等人)的图2中示出的光电镊子设备是可以在本发明的实施方式中用于选择和移动单独的生物微物体或一组生物微物体的设备的示例。For example, examples of microfluidic devices having docks in which cells producing antibodies can be placed, cultured, monitored, and/or screened are described in U.S. patent applications Nos. 20140116881 (Chapman et al.), 20150151298 (Hobbs et al.), and 20150165436 (Chapman et al.), each of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. Each of the aforementioned applications further describes a microfluidic device configured to generate dielectrophoresis (DEP) forces, such as optoelectronic tweezers (OET) or configured to provide photoelectrowetting (OEW). For example, the optoelectronic tweezers device shown in FIG. 2 of U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 20140116881 (Chapman et al.) is an example of a device that can be used in embodiments of the present invention to select and move a single biological micro-object or a group of biological micro-objects.
微流体装置动力配置。如上所述,系统的控制和监测设备可以包括用于在微流体装置的微流体管路中选择和移动物体、诸如微物体或液滴的动力模块。微流体装置可具有各种动力配置,这取决于所移动的物体的类型和其他考虑因素。例如,可以利用介电泳(DEP)结构来选择和移动微流体管路中的微物体。因此,微流体装置100的支撑结构104和/或盖110可以包括DEP结构,用于选择性地在微流体管路120中的流体介质180中的微物体上诱导DEP力,并由此选择、捕获和/或移动单独的微物体或微物体组。可替代地,微流体装置100的支撑结构104和/或盖110可以包括电润湿(EW)结构,用于选择性地在微流体管路120中的流体介质180中的液滴上感应EW力,并且由此选择、捕获和/或移动单独的液滴或液滴组。Microfluidic device power configuration. As described above, the control and monitoring equipment of the system may include a power module for selecting and moving objects, such as micro-objects or droplets, in the microfluidic circuit of the microfluidic device. The microfluidic device can have a variety of power configurations, depending on the type of object being moved and other considerations. For example, a dielectrophoresis (DEP) structure can be used to select and move micro-objects in the microfluidic circuit. Therefore, the support structure 104 and/or the cover 110 of the microfluidic device 100 may include a DEP structure for selectively inducing DEP forces on micro-objects in the fluid medium 180 in the microfluidic circuit 120, thereby selecting, capturing and/or moving individual micro-objects or groups of micro-objects. Alternatively, the support structure 104 and/or the cover 110 of the microfluidic device 100 may include an electrowetting (EW) structure for selectively inducing EW forces on droplets in the fluid medium 180 in the microfluidic circuit 120, thereby selecting, capturing and/or moving individual droplets or groups of droplets.
在图1B和图1C中示出包括DEP结构的微流体装置200的一个示例。虽然为了简化的目的,图1B和图1C分别示出了具有开放区域/腔室202的微流体装置200的外壳102的一个侧面截面图和俯视截面图,应当理解,区域/腔室202可以是具有更详细结构的流体管路元件的一部分,例如生长室、隔离坞、流动区域或流动通道。此外,微流体装置200可以包括其他流体管路元件。例如,微流体装置200可以包括多个生长腔室或隔离坞和/或一个或多个流动区或流动通道,诸如本文关于微流体装置100所述的那些。DEP结构可以被合并到微流体装置200的任何这样的流体管路元件中,或选择部分。还应当理解,任何上述或下面描述的微流体装置部件和系统部件可以结合到微流体装置200中和/或与微流体装置200结合使用。例如,包括上述控制和监测设备152的系统150可以与微流体装置200一起使用,微流体装置200包括介质模块160、运动模块162、成像模块164、倾斜模块166和其他模块168中的一个或多个。An example of a microfluidic device 200 including a DEP structure is shown in Figures 1B and 1C. Although for simplicity, Figures 1B and 1C respectively show a side cross-sectional view and a top cross-sectional view of the housing 102 of the microfluidic device 200 having an open area/chamber 202, it should be understood that the area/chamber 202 can be part of a fluidic circuit element having a more detailed structure, such as a growth chamber, an isolation dock, a flow region, or a flow channel. In addition, the microfluidic device 200 can include other fluidic circuit elements. For example, the microfluidic device 200 can include multiple growth chambers or isolation docks and/or one or more flow regions or flow channels, such as those described herein with respect to the microfluidic device 100. The DEP structure can be incorporated into any such fluidic circuit element of the microfluidic device 200, or selected portions thereof. It should also be understood that any of the microfluidic device components and system components described above or below can be incorporated into and/or used in conjunction with the microfluidic device 200. For example, the system 150 including the control and monitoring apparatus 152 described above may be used with a microfluidic device 200 that includes one or more of the media module 160 , motion module 162 , imaging module 164 , tilt module 166 , and other modules 168 .
如图1B所示,微流体装置200包括支撑结构104,其具有底部电极204和覆盖底部电极204的电极激活衬底206,以及具有顶部电极210的盖110,顶部电极210与底部电极204间隔开。顶部电极210和电极激活衬底206限定区域/腔室202的相对表面。因此,包含在区域/腔室202中的介质180提供顶部电极210与电极激活衬底206之间的电阻连接。还示出了电源212被配置为为连接到底部电极204及顶部电极210且根据需要在电极之间产生偏置电压,以用于区域/腔室202中的DEP力的产生。电源212可以是例如交流(AC)电源。As shown in FIG1B , the microfluidic device 200 includes a support structure 104 having a bottom electrode 204 and an electrode-activated substrate 206 covering the bottom electrode 204, and a lid 110 having a top electrode 210 spaced apart from the bottom electrode 204. The top electrode 210 and the electrode-activated substrate 206 define opposing surfaces of a region/chamber 202. Thus, a dielectric 180 contained within the region/chamber 202 provides a resistive connection between the top electrode 210 and the electrode-activated substrate 206. A power supply 212 is also shown, configured to connect to the bottom electrode 204 and the top electrode 210 and generate a bias voltage between the electrodes as needed for generating a DEP force in the region/chamber 202. The power supply 212 can be, for example, an alternating current (AC) power supply.
在某些实施方式中,图1B和图1C中所示的微流体装置200可具有光学致动的DEP结构。因此,改变来自光源216的光的图案218,其可以由动力模块162控制,可以选择性地激活和去激活电极激活衬底206的内表面208的区域214处的DEP电极的改变图案。(下文中,具有DEP结构的微流体装置的区域214被称为“DEP电极区域”。如图1C所示,被引导到电极激活衬底206的内表面208上的光图案218可以以例如正方形的图案照射选择的DEP电极区域214a(以白色示出)。未被照射的DEP电极区域214(交叉阴影线)在下文中被称为“暗的”DEP电极区域214。通过DEP电极激活衬底206的相对电阻抗(即,从底部电极204直到电极激活衬底206的与流动区域106中的介质180对接的内表面208)大于通过在每个暗DEP电极区域214处的区域/腔室202中的介质180的相对电阻抗(即从电极激活衬底206的内表面208到盖110的顶部电极210)。然而,被照明的DEP电极区域214a表现出整个电极激活衬底206的减小的相对阻抗,其小于每个被照射的DEP电极区域214a处的区域/腔室202中的整个介质180的相对阻抗。In certain embodiments, the microfluidic device 200 shown in Figures 1B and 1C may have an optically actuated DEP structure. Thus, changing the pattern 218 of light from the light source 216, which can be controlled by the power module 162, can selectively activate and deactivate the changing pattern of the DEP electrode at the region 214 of the inner surface 208 of the electrode activation substrate 206. (Hereinafter, the region 214 of the microfluidic device having the DEP structure is referred to as the "DEP electrode region." As shown in Figure 1C, the light pattern 218 directed onto the inner surface 208 of the electrode activation substrate 206 can illuminate the selected DEP electrode region 214a (shown in white) in, for example, a square pattern. The DEP electrode region 214 that is not illuminated (cross-hatched) is referred to as the "dark" DEP electrode region 214 hereinafter. The relative electrical impedance of the DEP electrode activation substrate 206 (i.e., from the bottom electrode 204 up to the electrode activation substrate 206) is determined by the relative electrical impedance of the DEP electrode activation substrate 206. 10) is greater than the relative electrical impedance through the medium 180 in the region/chamber 202 at each dark DEP electrode region 214 (i.e., from the inner surface 208 of the electrode-active substrate 206 to the top electrode 210 of the lid 110). However, the illuminated DEP electrode region 214a exhibits a reduced relative impedance of the entire electrode-active substrate 206 that is less than the relative impedance of the entire medium 180 in the region/chamber 202 at each illuminated DEP electrode region 214a.
在电源212被激活的情况下,前述DEP结构在被照射的DEP电极区域214a和相邻的暗的DEP电极区域214之间的流体介质180中产生电场梯度,这进而产生局部DEP力,其吸引或排斥流体介质180中的附近微物体(未示出)。因此,通过改变从光源216投射到微流体装置200中的光图案218,可以在区域/腔室202的内表面208处的许多不同的这样的DEP电极区域214处选择性地激活和去激活吸引或排斥流体介质180中的微物体的DEP电极。DEP力是否吸引或排斥附近的微物体可以取决于诸如电源212的频率和介质180和/或微物体(未示出)的介电性质的参数。When the power source 212 is activated, the aforementioned DEP structure generates an electric field gradient in the fluid medium 180 between the illuminated DEP electrode region 214a and the adjacent dark DEP electrode region 214, which in turn generates a localized DEP force that attracts or repels nearby micro-objects (not shown) in the fluid medium 180. Thus, by varying the light pattern 218 projected from the light source 216 into the microfluidic device 200, DEP electrodes that attract or repel micro-objects in the fluid medium 180 can be selectively activated and deactivated at many different such DEP electrode regions 214 on the inner surface 208 of the region/chamber 202. Whether the DEP force attracts or repels nearby micro-objects can depend on parameters such as the frequency of the power source 212 and the dielectric properties of the medium 180 and/or the micro-objects (not shown).
在图1C中示出的被照射的DEP电极区域214a的方形图案220仅是示例。可通过投射到装置200中的光图案218来照明(且借此激活)DEP电极区域214的任何图案,且可通过改变或移动光图案218而重复地改变经照明/激活的DEP电极区域214的图案。The square pattern 220 of illuminated DEP electrode areas 214a shown in FIG1C is merely an example. Any pattern of DEP electrode areas 214 can be illuminated (and thereby activated) by the light pattern 218 projected into the device 200, and the pattern of illuminated/activated DEP electrode areas 214 can be repeatedly changed by changing or moving the light pattern 218.
在一些实施方式中,电极激活衬底206可以包括光电导材料或由光电导材料组成。在这样的实施方式中,电极激活衬底206的内表面208可以是无特征的。例如,电极激活衬底206可以包括氢化非晶硅(a-Si:H)层或由氢化非晶硅(a-Si:H)层组成。a-Si:H可包含例如约8%到40%的氢(以100*氢原子的数目/氢和硅原子的总数来计算)。a-Si:H层可以具有约500nm至约2.0微米的厚度。在这样的实施方式中,可以根据光图案218在电极激活衬底206的内表面208上的任何地方和任何图案中创建DEP电极区域214。因此,DEP电极区域214的数量和图案不需要是固定的,而是可以对应于光图案218。具有包括如上所述的光导层的DEP结构的微流体装置的示例已经在例如美国专利No.RE44,711(Wu等人)(最初公布为美国专利第7612355号)中进行了描述。In some embodiments, the electrode-activated substrate 206 may include or consist of a photoconductive material. In such embodiments, the inner surface 208 of the electrode-activated substrate 206 may be featureless. For example, the electrode-activated substrate 206 may include or consist of a hydrogenated amorphous silicon (a-Si:H) layer. The a-Si:H layer may contain, for example, approximately 8% to 40% hydrogen (calculated as 100*number of hydrogen atoms/total number of hydrogen and silicon atoms). The a-Si:H layer may have a thickness of approximately 500 nm to approximately 2.0 microns. In such embodiments, the DEP electrode regions 214 may be created anywhere and in any pattern on the inner surface 208 of the electrode-activated substrate 206 according to the optical pattern 218. Thus, the number and pattern of the DEP electrode regions 214 need not be fixed, but may correspond to the optical pattern 218. Examples of microfluidic devices having a DEP structure including a light-guiding layer as described above have been described, for example, in US Pat. No. RE44,711 (Wu et al.) (originally issued as US Pat. No. 7,612,355).
在其他实施方式中,电极激活衬底206可以包括衬底,该衬底包括多个掺杂层、电绝缘层(或区域)和形成半导体集成电路的导电层,例如在半导体领域中是已知的。例如,电极激活衬底206可以包括多个光电晶体管,包括例如横向双极光电晶体管,每个光电晶体管对应于DEP电极区域214。可替代地,电极激活衬底206可以包括由光电晶体管开关控制的电极(例如,导电金属电极),其中每个这样的电极对应于DEP电极区域214。电极激活衬底206可以包括这样的光电晶体管或光电晶体管控制的电极的图案。图案例如可以是布置成行和列的基本上正方形的光电晶体管或光电晶体管控制的电极的阵列,如图2B中所示。可替代地,图案可以是形成六边形晶格的基本上六边形光电晶体管或光电晶体管控制的电极的阵列。不管图案如何,电路元件可在电极激活衬底206的内表面208处的DEP电极区域214与底电极210之间形成电连接,并且那些电连接(即,光电晶体管或电极)可以通过光图案218选择性地激活和去激活。当未被激活时,每个电连接可以具有高阻抗,使得在对应的DEP电极区域214处,整个电极激活衬底206的相对阻抗(即,从底部电极204到电极激活衬底206的与区域/腔室202中的介质180接合的内表面208)大于整个介质180的相对阻抗(即,从电极激活衬底206的内表面208到盖110的顶部电极210)。然而,当由在光图案218中的光激活时,整个电极激活衬底206的相对阻抗小于在每个被照射的DEP电极区域214处的整个介质180的相对阻抗,从而如上所述在对应的DEP电极区域214处激活DEP电极。因此,吸引或排斥介质180中的微物体(未示出)的DEP电极可以以由光图案218确定的方式在区域/腔室202中的电极激活衬底206的内表面208处的许多不同的DEP电极区域214处被选择性地激活和去激活。In other embodiments, the electrode-activated substrate 206 may include a substrate comprising a plurality of doped layers, electrically insulating layers (or regions), and conductive layers forming a semiconductor integrated circuit, such as is known in the semiconductor field. For example, the electrode-activated substrate 206 may include a plurality of phototransistors, including, for example, lateral bipolar phototransistors, each phototransistor corresponding to a DEP electrode region 214. Alternatively, the electrode-activated substrate 206 may include electrodes (e.g., conductive metal electrodes) controlled by a phototransistor switch, wherein each such electrode corresponds to a DEP electrode region 214. The electrode-activated substrate 206 may include a pattern of such phototransistors or phototransistor-controlled electrodes. The pattern may, for example, be an array of substantially square phototransistors or phototransistor-controlled electrodes arranged in rows and columns, as shown in FIG. 2B . Alternatively, the pattern may be an array of substantially hexagonal phototransistors or phototransistor-controlled electrodes forming a hexagonal lattice. Regardless of the pattern, circuit elements can form electrical connections between the DEP electrode regions 214 at the inner surface 208 of the electrode-activated substrate 206 and the bottom electrode 210, and those electrical connections (i.e., phototransistors or electrodes) can be selectively activated and deactivated by the light pattern 218. When not activated, each electrical connection can have a high impedance, such that at the corresponding DEP electrode region 214, the relative impedance of the entire electrode-activated substrate 206 (i.e., from the bottom electrode 204 to the inner surface 208 of the electrode-activated substrate 206 that interfaces with the dielectric 180 in the region/chamber 202) is greater than the relative impedance of the entire dielectric 180 (i.e., from the inner surface 208 of the electrode-activated substrate 206 to the top electrode 210 of the lid 110). However, when activated by light in the light pattern 218, the relative impedance of the entire electrode-activated substrate 206 is less than the relative impedance of the entire dielectric 180 at each illuminated DEP electrode region 214, thereby activating the DEP electrode at the corresponding DEP electrode region 214 as described above. Thus, DEP electrodes that attract or repel micro-objects (not shown) in medium 180 can be selectively activated and deactivated at many different DEP electrode regions 214 at inner surface 208 of electrode-active substrate 206 in region/chamber 202 in a manner determined by light pattern 218 .
具有包含光电晶体管的电极激活衬底的微流体装置的示例已描述于(例如)美国专利第7,956,339号(Ohta等人)(参见例如图21和22中所说明的装置300及其描述)中,其全部内容通过引用并入本文。具有包括由光电晶体管开关控制的电极的电极激活衬底的微流体装置的示例,例如美国专利第9403172号(Short等人)中描述(参见例如在整个附图中示出的设备200、400、500、600和900及其描述)。Examples of microfluidic devices having electrode-activated substrates that include phototransistors are described, for example, in U.S. Pat. No. 7,956,339 (Ohta et al.) (see, for example, device 300 illustrated in Figures 21 and 22 and the description thereof), the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference. Examples of microfluidic devices having electrode-activated substrates that include electrodes controlled by phototransistor switches are described, for example, in U.S. Pat. No. 9,403,172 (Short et al.) (see, for example, devices 200, 400, 500, 600, and 900 shown throughout the figures and the description thereof).
在DEP结构的微流体装置的一些实施方式中,顶部电极210是外壳102的第一壁(或盖110)的一部分,并且电极激活衬底206和底部电极204是外壳102的第二壁(或支撑结构104)的一部分。区域/腔室202可以在第一壁和第二壁之间。在其他实施方式中,电极210是第二壁(或支撑结构104)的一部分,并且电极激活衬底206和/或电极210中的一者或两者是第一壁(或盖110)的一部分。此外,光源216可替代地用于从下方照亮外壳102。In some embodiments of a DEP-structured microfluidic device, the top electrode 210 is part of the first wall (or lid 110) of the housing 102, and the electrode-activated substrate 206 and the bottom electrode 204 are part of the second wall (or support structure 104) of the housing 102. The region/chamber 202 may be between the first and second walls. In other embodiments, the electrode 210 is part of the second wall (or support structure 104), and one or both of the electrode-activated substrate 206 and/or the electrode 210 are part of the first wall (or lid 110). Alternatively, a light source 216 may be used to illuminate the housing 102 from below.
利用具有DEP结构的图1B~图1C的微流体装置200,运动模块162可以通过将光图案218投射到装置200中,以在围绕并捕获微物体的图案(例如,正方形图案220)中激活电极激活衬底206的内表面208的DEP电极区域214A处的一个或多个DEP电极中的第一组,从而选择区域/室202中的介质180中的微目标(未示出)。然后,模块162可以通过相对于装置200移动光图案218来移动捕获的微物体,以在DEP电极区域214处激活一个或多个DEP电极中的第二组。或者,可以相对于光图案218移动装置200。Utilizing the microfluidic device 200 of FIG. 1B-1C having a DEP structure, the motion module 162 can select a micro-target (not shown) in the medium 180 in the region/chamber 202 by activating a first set of one or more DEP electrodes at a DEP electrode region 214A of the inner surface 208 of the substrate 206 by projecting a light pattern 218 into the device 200 to activate the electrodes in a pattern (e.g., a square pattern 220) that surrounds and captures the micro-object. The module 162 can then move the captured micro-object by moving the light pattern 218 relative to the device 200 to activate a second set of one or more DEP electrodes at the DEP electrode region 214. Alternatively, the device 200 can be moved relative to the light pattern 218.
不管微流体装置200的配置如何,电源212可用于提供给微流体装置200的电路供电的电位(例如,AC电压电位)。电源212可以与图1中参考的电源192相同,或者是图1中参考的电源192的部件。电源212可以被配置为向顶部电极210和底部电极204提供AC电压和/或电流。对于AC电压,如上所述,电源212可以提供足以产生足够强的净DEP力(或电润湿力)的频率范围和平均或峰值功率(例如,电压或电流)范围,以捕获和移动区域/腔室202中的各个微物体(未示出),和/或同样如上所述,改变区域/腔室202中的支撑结构104的内表面208(即,介电层和/或介电层上的疏水涂层)的润湿特性。这样的频率范围和平均或峰值功率转换器在本领域中是已知的。参见例如美国专利第6,958,132号(Chiou等人),美国专利RE44,711(Wu等人)(最初公布为美国专利第7612355号),公开号为US2014/0124370(Short等人)的美国专利申请、US2016/0184821(Hobbs等人)、US2015/0306598(Khandros等人)和US2015/0306599(Khandros等人)。Regardless of the configuration of the microfluidic device 200, a power supply 212 can be used to provide a potential (e.g., an AC voltage potential) to power the circuits of the microfluidic device 200. The power supply 212 can be the same as the power supply 192 referenced in FIG. 1, or a component of the power supply 192 referenced in FIG. 1. The power supply 212 can be configured to provide an AC voltage and/or current to the top electrode 210 and the bottom electrode 204. For the AC voltage, as described above, the power supply 212 can provide a frequency range and an average or peak power (e.g., voltage or current) range sufficient to generate a sufficiently strong net DEP force (or electrowetting force) to capture and move individual micro-objects (not shown) in the region/chamber 202, and/or, as also described above, to change the wetting characteristics of the inner surface 208 (i.e., the dielectric layer and/or the hydrophobic coating on the dielectric layer) of the support structure 104 in the region/chamber 202. Such frequency ranges and average or peak power converters are known in the art. See, e.g., U.S. Patent No. 6,958,132 (Chiou et al.), U.S. Patent No. RE44,711 (Wu et al.) (originally published as U.S. Patent No. 7,612,355), U.S. Patent Application Publication Nos. US2014/0124370 (Short et al.), US2016/0184821 (Hobbs et al.), US2015/0306598 (Khandros et al.), and US2015/0306599 (Khandros et al.).
隔离坞。在图2A~图2C所示的微流体装置230内示出了通用隔离坞224、226和228的非限制性示例。每个隔离坞224、226和228可以包括限定隔离区域240的隔离结构232和将隔离区域240流体连接到通道122的连接区域236。连接区域236可以包括到通道122的近端开口234和到隔离区域240的远端开口238。连接区域236可以被配置为使得从通道122流入隔离坞224、226、228的流体介质(未示出)的流动的最大穿透深度不延伸到隔离区域240中。因此,由于连接区域236,设置在隔离坞224、226、228的隔离区域240中的微物体(未示出)或其他材料(未示出)因此可以与之隔离,并且基本上不受在通道122中的介质180的流动的影响。Isolation Docks. Non-limiting examples of universal isolation docks 224, 226, and 228 are shown within the microfluidic device 230 shown in Figures 2A to 2C. Each isolation dock 224, 226, and 228 can include an isolation structure 232 that defines an isolation region 240 and a connection region 236 that fluidically connects the isolation region 240 to the channel 122. The connection region 236 can include a proximal opening 234 to the channel 122 and a distal opening 238 to the isolation region 240. The connection region 236 can be configured such that the maximum penetration depth of the flow of a fluid medium (not shown) flowing from the channel 122 into the isolation docks 224, 226, 228 does not extend into the isolation region 240. Therefore, due to the connection region 236, micro-objects (not shown) or other materials (not shown) disposed in the isolation region 240 of the isolation docks 224, 226, 228 can be isolated therefrom and substantially unaffected by the flow of the medium 180 in the channel 122.
图2A~图2C的隔离坞224、226和228各自具有直接通向通道122的单个开口。隔离坞的开口直接通向通道122。电极激活衬底206覆盖通道122和隔离坞224、226和228两者。在隔离坞的外壳内的电极激活衬底206的上表面形成隔离坞的底板,被布置在通道122(如果通道不存在的话则为流动区域)内的电极激活衬底206的上表面的相同水平或基本上相同的水平,形成微流体装置的流动通道(或流动区域)的底板。电极激活衬底206可以是无特征的或者可以具有从其最高高度到其最低凹陷变化小于约3微米、2.5微米、2微米、1.5微米、1微米、0.9微米、0.8微米、0.7微米、0.6微米、0.5微米、0.4微米、0.3微米、0.2微米、0.1微米或更小的不规则或图案化表面。跨越通道122(或流动区域)和隔离坞的衬底的上表面中的高度的变化可以小于所述隔离坞或所述微流体装置的壁的高度的约3%、2%、1%、0.9%、0.8%、0.5%、0.3%或0.1%。虽然详细描述微流体装置200,但这也适用于本文所述的微流体装置100、230、250、280、290中的任一个。Isolation docks 224, 226, and 228 of Figures 2A-2C each have a single opening that leads directly into channel 122. The opening of the isolation dock leads directly into channel 122. Electrode activation substrate 206 covers both channel 122 and isolation docks 224, 226, and 228. The upper surface of electrode activation substrate 206 within the housing of the isolation dock forms the floor of the isolation dock. Electrode activation substrate 206, disposed at or substantially at the same level as the upper surface of electrode activation substrate 206 within channel 122 (or flow region if a channel is not present), forms the floor of the flow channel (or flow region) of the microfluidic device. Electrode activation substrate 206 can be featureless or can have an irregular or patterned surface that varies from its highest height to its lowest depression by less than about 3 microns, 2.5 microns, 2 microns, 1.5 microns, 1 micron, 0.9 microns, 0.8 microns, 0.7 microns, 0.6 microns, 0.5 microns, 0.4 microns, 0.3 microns, 0.2 microns, 0.1 microns, or less. The variation in height of the upper surface of the substrate across the channel 122 (or flow area) and the isolation dock can be less than about 3%, 2%, 1%, 0.9%, 0.8%, 0.5%, 0.3%, or 0.1% of the height of the wall of the isolation dock or the microfluidic device. Although microfluidic device 200 is described in detail, this also applies to any of the microfluidic devices 100, 230, 250, 280, 290 described herein.
因此,通道122可以是扫掠区域的示例,隔离坞224、226、228的隔离区域240可以是未扫掠区域的示例。如上所述,通道122和隔离坞224、226、228可以被配置为容纳一或多种流体介质180。在图2A~图2B所示的示例中,端口222连接到通道122并且允许流体介质180被引入到微流体装置230中或从微流体装置230移除。在引入流体介质180之前,微流体装置可以用诸如二氧化碳气体的气体打底。一旦微流体装置230包含流体介质180,流体介质180在通道122中的流体242可以被选择性地产生和停止。例如,如图所示,端口222可以设置在通道122的不同位置(例如对置端),并且可以从用作入口的一个端口222通向用作出口的另一个端口222产生介质的流体242。In one embodiment, the channel 122 and the isolation dock 224, 226, 228 can be configured to accommodate one or more fluid media 180. In the example shown in Figures 2A to 2B, port 222 is connected to channel 122 and allows fluid media 180 to be introduced into or removed from the microfluidic device 230. Before introducing fluid media 180, the microfluidic device can be primed with a gas such as carbon dioxide gas. Once the microfluidic device 230 includes fluid media 180, the fluid 242 of the fluid media 180 in the channel 122 can be selectively generated and stopped. For example, as shown in the figure, port 222 can be arranged at different positions (for example, opposite ends) of the channel 122, and can lead to the fluid 242 of another port 222 used as an outlet from a port 222 used as an inlet.
图2C示出了本发明的隔离坞224的示例的详细视图。还示出了微物体246的示例。2C shows a detailed view of an example of an isolation dock 224 of the present invention. An example of a micro-object 246 is also shown.
如已知的,流体介质180在微流体通道122中经过隔离坞224的近端开口234的流体242可导致介质180的次级流体244流入和/或流出隔离坞224。为了将隔离坞224的隔离区域240中的微物体246与次级流体244隔离,隔离坞224的连接区域236的长度Lcon(即,从近端开口234到远端开口238)应当大于次级流体244到连接区域236中的穿透深度Dp。次级流体244的穿透深度Dp取决于在通道122中流动的流体介质180的速率和与通道122的配置和连接区域236的近端开口234到通道122的配置有关的各种参数。对于给定的微流体装置,通道122和开口234的结构将是固定的,而流体介质180在通道122中的流体242的速率将是可变的。因此,对于每个隔离坞224,可以识别通道122中的流体介质180的流体242的最大速率Vmax,其确保次级流体244的穿透深度Dp不超过连接区域236的长度Lcon。只要通道122中的流体介质180的流体242的速率不超过最大速率Vmax,所得到的次级流体244就可以被限制到通道122和连接区域236并且保持在隔离区域240之外。因此,通道122中的介质180的流体242将不会将微物体246从隔离区域240中抽出。相反,不管流体介质180在通道122中的流体242如何,位于隔离区域240中的微物体246将保持在隔离区域240中。As is known, the flow 242 of the fluid medium 180 in the microfluidic channel 122 through the proximal opening 234 of the isolation dock 224 can cause a secondary fluid 244 of the fluid medium 180 to flow into and/or out of the isolation dock 224. In order to isolate the micro-objects 246 in the isolation region 240 of the isolation dock 224 from the secondary fluid 244, the length Lcon of the connection region 236 of the isolation dock 224 (i.e., from the proximal opening 234 to the distal opening 238) should be greater than the penetration depth Dp of the secondary fluid 244 into the connection region 236. The penetration depth Dp of the secondary fluid 244 depends on the velocity of the fluid medium 180 flowing in the channel 122 and various parameters related to the configuration of the channel 122 and the configuration of the proximal opening 234 of the connection region 236 to the channel 122. For a given microfluidic device, the structure of the channel 122 and the opening 234 will be fixed, while the velocity of the flow 242 of the fluid medium 180 in the channel 122 will be variable. Thus, for each isolation dock 224, a maximum velocity Vmax of the fluid medium 180 flowing 242 in the channel 122 can be identified that ensures that the penetration depth Dp of the secondary fluid 244 does not exceed the length Lcon of the connection region 236. As long as the velocity of the fluid medium 180 flowing 242 in the channel 122 does not exceed the maximum velocity Vmax, the resulting secondary fluid 244 can be confined to the channel 122 and the connection region 236 and maintained outside the isolation region 240. Therefore, the fluid medium 180 flowing 242 in the channel 122 will not draw the micro-objects 246 out of the isolation region 240. Conversely, regardless of the fluid medium 180 flowing 242 in the channel 122, the micro-objects 246 located in the isolation region 240 will remain in the isolation region 240.
此外,只要通道122中的介质180的流体242的速率不超过Vmax,流体介质180在通道122中的流体242将不会移动混杂颗粒(例如,微粒和/或纳米颗粒)从通道122进入隔离坞224的隔离区域240中。具有连接区域236的长度Lcon大于次级流体244的最大穿透深度Dp能够防止一个隔离坞224与来自通道122或另一隔离坞的混杂颗粒的污染(例如,图2D中的隔离坞226、228)。Furthermore, as long as the velocity of the fluid medium 180 flowing 242 in the channel 122 does not exceed Vmax, the fluid medium 180 flowing 242 in the channel 122 will not displace contaminant particles (e.g., microparticles and/or nanoparticles) from the channel 122 into the isolated region 240 of the isolation dock 224. Having the length Lcon of the connection region 236 greater than the maximum penetration depth Dp of the secondary fluid 244 can prevent contamination of one isolation dock 224 with contaminant particles from the channel 122 or another isolation dock (e.g., isolation docks 226, 228 in FIG. 2D ).
因为隔离坞224、226、228的通道122和连接区域236可受到通道122中的介质180的流体242的影响,所以通道122和连接区域236可被视为微流体装置230的扫掠(或流动)区域。另一方面,隔离坞224、226、228的隔离区域240可以被认为是未扫掠的(或非流动的)区域。例如,通道122中的第一流体介质180中的组分(未示出)可以基本上仅通过第一介质180的组分从通道122通过连接区域236扩散到隔离区域240中的第二流体介质248中来与隔离区域240中的第二流体介质248混合。类似地,隔离区域240中的第二介质248的组分(未示出)可以基本上仅通过第二介质248的组分从隔离区域240通过连接区域236扩散到通道122中的第一介质180中来与通道122中的第一介质180混合。在一些实施方式中,隔离坞的隔离区域与通过扩散的流动区域之间的流体介质交换的程度为约90%、91%、92%、93%、94%、95%、96%、97%、98%,99%或大于总流体交换的量。第一介质180可以是与第二介质248相同的介质或不同的介质。此外,第一介质180和第二介质248可以在开始时相同,然后变得不同(例如,通过由隔离区域240中的一个或多个单元或通过改变流过通道122的介质180来调节第二介质248的通过条件)。Because the channels 122 and connection regions 236 of the isolation docks 224, 226, 228 can be affected by the flow 242 of the medium 180 in the channels 122, the channels 122 and connection regions 236 can be considered swept (or flowing) regions of the microfluidic device 230. On the other hand, the isolation regions 240 of the isolation docks 224, 226, 228 can be considered unswept (or non-flowing) regions. For example, components (not shown) in the first fluid medium 180 in the channels 122 can mix with the second fluid medium 248 in the isolation regions 240 substantially solely by diffusion of components of the first medium 180 from the channels 122 through the connection regions 236 into the second fluid medium 248 in the isolation regions 240. Similarly, components of the second medium 248 in the isolation region 240 (not shown) can be mixed with the first medium 180 in the channel 122 substantially solely by diffusion of components of the second medium 248 from the isolation region 240 through the connecting region 236 into the first medium 180 in the channel 122. In some embodiments, the degree of fluid medium exchange between the isolation region of the isolation dock and the flow region by diffusion is about 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or greater than the total fluid exchange. The first medium 180 can be the same medium as the second medium 248 or a different medium. Furthermore, the first medium 180 and the second medium 248 can be the same at the outset and then become different (e.g., by adjusting the passage conditions of the second medium 248 by one or more cells in the isolation region 240 or by changing the flow of the medium 180 through the channel 122).
由流体介质180在通道122中的流体242引起的次级流体244的最大穿透深度Dp可以取决于多个参数,如上所述。这样的参数的示例包括:通道122的形状(例如,通道可以将介质引导到连接区域236中,将介质从连接区域236转移走,或者在基本上垂直于连接区域236的近端开口234的方向上引导介质到通道122);在近端开口234处的通道122的宽度Wch(或横截面面积);以及在近端开口234处的连接区域236的宽度Wcon(或横截面面积);流体介质180的流体242在通道122中的速率V;第一介质180和/或第二介质248的粘度等。The maximum penetration depth Dp of the secondary fluid 244 caused by the flow 242 of the fluid medium 180 in the channel 122 can depend on a number of parameters, as described above. Examples of such parameters include: the shape of the channel 122 (e.g., the channel can direct the medium into the connecting region 236, divert the medium away from the connecting region 236, or direct the medium into the channel 122 in a direction substantially perpendicular to the proximal opening 234 of the connecting region 236); the width Wch (or cross-sectional area) of the channel 122 at the proximal opening 234; and the width Wcon (or cross-sectional area) of the connecting region 236 at the proximal opening 234; the velocity V of the flow 242 of the fluid medium 180 in the channel 122; the viscosity of the first medium 180 and/or the second medium 248, etc.
在一些实施方式中,通道122和隔离坞224、226、228的尺寸可以相对于通道122中的流体介质180的流体242的向量来取向:通道宽度Wch(或通道122的横截面面积)可以基本上垂直于介质180的流体242;在开口234处的连接区域236的宽度Wcon(或横截面积)可以基本上平行于通道122中的介质180的流体242;和/或连接区域的长度Lcon可以基本上垂直于通道122中的介质180的流体242。前述仅是示例,通道122和隔离坞224、226、228的相对位置可以相对于彼此为其他取向。In some embodiments, the dimensions of the channel 122 and the isolation docks 224, 226, 228 can be oriented relative to the vector of the flow 242 of the fluid medium 180 in the channel 122: the channel width Wch (or the cross-sectional area of the channel 122) can be substantially perpendicular to the flow 242 of the medium 180; the width Wcon (or the cross-sectional area) of the connection region 236 at the opening 234 can be substantially parallel to the flow 242 of the medium 180 in the channel 122; and/or the length Lcon of the connection region can be substantially perpendicular to the flow 242 of the medium 180 in the channel 122. The foregoing are examples only, and the relative positions of the channel 122 and the isolation docks 224, 226, 228 can be oriented in other ways relative to each other.
如图2C所示,连接区域236的宽度Wcon可以从近端开口234到远端开口238是均匀的。因此,远端开口238处的连接区域236的宽度Wcon可以在本文针对近端开口234处的连接区域236的宽度Wcon所标识的任何范围内。可替代地,在远端开口238处的连接区域236的宽度Wcon可以大于在近端开口234处的连接区域236的宽度Wcon。2C , the width Wcon of the connection region 236 can be uniform from the proximal opening 234 to the distal opening 238. Thus, the width Wcon of the connection region 236 at the distal opening 238 can be within any of the ranges identified herein for the width Wcon of the connection region 236 at the proximal opening 234. Alternatively, the width Wcon of the connection region 236 at the distal opening 238 can be greater than the width Wcon of the connection region 236 at the proximal opening 234.
如图2C所示,在远端开口238处的隔离区域240的宽度Wiso可以与在近端开口234处的连接区域236的宽度Wcon基本上相同。因此,在远端开口238处的隔离区域240的宽度Wiso可以在本文针对近端开口234处的连接区域236的宽度Wcon所标识的范围中的任一个中。可替代地,在远端开口238处的隔离区域240的宽度Wiso可以大于或小于近端开口234处的连接区域236的宽度Wcon。此外,远端开口238可以小于近端开口234,并且连接区域236的宽度Wcon可以在近端开口234和远端开口238之间变窄。例如,连接区域236可以使用各种不同的几何形状(例如,对连接区域进行倒角、斜切)而在近端开口和远端开口之间变窄。此外,连接区域236的任何部分或子部分可以变窄(例如,连接区域的与近端开口234相邻的部分)。As shown in FIG2C , the width Wiso of the isolation region 240 at the distal opening 238 can be substantially the same as the width Wcon of the connection region 236 at the proximal opening 234. Thus, the width Wiso of the isolation region 240 at the distal opening 238 can be within any of the ranges identified herein for the width Wcon of the connection region 236 at the proximal opening 234. Alternatively, the width Wiso of the isolation region 240 at the distal opening 238 can be greater than or less than the width Wcon of the connection region 236 at the proximal opening 234. Furthermore, the distal opening 238 can be smaller than the proximal opening 234, and the width Wcon of the connection region 236 can narrow between the proximal and distal openings 234, 238. For example, the connection region 236 can narrow between the proximal and distal openings using various geometric shapes (e.g., chamfering or beveling the connection region). Furthermore, any portion or subportion of the connection region 236 can be narrowed (e.g., the portion of the connection region adjacent to the proximal opening 234).
图2D~图2F描绘了微流体装置250的另一示例性实施方式,微流体装置250包含微流体管路262和流动通道264,它们是图1的对应的微流体装置100、的线路132和通道134的变型。微流体装置250还具有多个隔离坞266,其为上述隔离坞124、126、128、130、224、226或228的另外的变型。特别地,应当理解,图2D~图2F中示出的装置250的隔离坞266可以代替装置100、200、230、280、290或320中的上述隔离坞124、126、128、130、224、226或228中的任一个。同样,微流体装置250是微流体装置100的另一变型,并且还可具有与上述微流体装置100、200、230、280、290、320相同或不同的DEP结构以及本文所述的任何其他微流体系统部件。2D-2F depict another exemplary embodiment of a microfluidic device 250 comprising microfluidic circuits 262 and flow channels 264, which are variations of the circuits 132 and channels 134 of the corresponding microfluidic device 100 of FIG1 . The microfluidic device 250 also has a plurality of isolation docks 266, which are further variations of the isolation docks 124, 126, 128, 130, 224, 226, or 228 described above. In particular, it should be understood that the isolation docks 266 of the device 250 shown in FIG2D-2F can replace any of the isolation docks 124, 126, 128, 130, 224, 226, or 228 described above in the devices 100, 200, 230, 280, 290, or 320. Likewise, microfluidic device 250 is another variation of microfluidic device 100 and may also have the same or different DEP structures as microfluidic devices 100, 200, 230, 280, 290, 320 described above, as well as any other microfluidic system components described herein.
图2D~图2F的微流体装置250包括支撑结构(在图2D~2F中不可见,但是可以与图1A中描绘的装置100的支撑结构104相同或大体类似),微流体管路结构256和盖(在图2D~图2F中不可见,但是可以与图1A中描绘的设备100的盖122相同或大体类似)。微流体管路结构256包括框架252和微流体管路材料260,其可以与图1A中所示的装置100的框架114和微流体管路材料116相同或大致类似。如图2D所示,由微流体管路材料260限定的微流体管路262可以包括多个通道264(示出了两个,但可以更多),多个隔离坞266流体连接到多个通道264。The microfluidic device 250 of Figures 2D to 2F includes a support structure (not visible in Figures 2D to 2F, but can be the same as or substantially similar to the support structure 104 of the device 100 depicted in Figure 1A), a microfluidic tubing structure 256, and a lid (not visible in Figures 2D to 2F, but can be the same as or substantially similar to the lid 122 of the device 100 depicted in Figure 1A). The microfluidic tubing structure 256 includes a frame 252 and a microfluidic tubing material 260, which can be the same as or substantially similar to the frame 114 and microfluidic tubing material 116 of the device 100 shown in Figure 1A. As shown in Figure 2D, the microfluidic tubing 262 defined by the microfluidic tubing material 260 can include a plurality of channels 264 (two are shown, but more can be possible), and a plurality of isolation docks 266 are fluidically connected to the plurality of channels 264.
每个隔离坞266可以包括隔离结构272、隔离结构272内的隔离区域270和连接区域268。从通道264处的近端开口274至隔离结构272处的远端开口276,连接区域268将通道264流体连接至隔离区域270。通常,根据以上对图2B和图2C的描述,通道264中的第一流体介质254的流体278可以创建从通道264流入和/或流出隔离坞266的对应的连接区域268的第一介质254的次级流282。Each isolation dock 266 can include an isolation structure 272, an isolation region 270 within the isolation structure 272, and a connection region 268. The connection region 268 fluidly connects the channel 264 to the isolation region 270 from a proximal opening 274 at the channel 264 to a distal opening 276 at the isolation structure 272. Generally, as described above with respect to FIG. 2B and FIG. 2C , flow 278 of the first fluid medium 254 in the channel 264 can create a secondary flow 282 of the first fluid medium 254 from the channel 264 into and/or out of the corresponding connection region 268 of the isolation dock 266.
如图2E所示,每个隔离坞266的连接区域268通常包括在到通道264的近端开口274与到隔离结构272的远端开口276之间延伸的区域。连接区域268的长度Lcon可以大于次级流282的最大穿透深度Dp,在这种情况下,次级流282将延伸到连接区域268中而不被重新指定朝向隔离区域270(如图2D所示)。可替换地,如图2F所示,连接区域268可以具有小于最大穿透深度Dp的长度Lcon,在这种情况下,次级流282将延伸穿过连接区域268并且朝向隔离区域270而被重新引导。在后一种情况下,连接区域268的长度Lc1和Lc2的总和大于最大穿透深度Dp,使得次级流282将不延伸到隔离区域270中。无论连接区域268的长度Lcon是否大于穿透深度Dp,或者连接区域268的长度Lc1和Lc2的总和是否大于穿透深度Dp,通道264中不超过最大速率Vmax的第一介质254的流体278将产生具有穿透深度Dp的次级流,并且隔离坞266的隔离区域270中的微物体(未示出但可以与图2C中示出的微物体246相同或大致类似)将不会被通道264中的第一介质254的流体278从隔离区域270中抽出。通道264中的流体278也不将混杂材料(未示出)从通道264抽出到隔离坞266的隔离区域270中。因此,扩散是唯一的机制,通过该机制,通道264中的第一介质254中的组分可以从通道264移动到隔离坞266的隔离区域270中的第二介质258中。同样地,扩散是隔离坞266的隔离区域270中的第二介质258中的组分可以从隔离区域270移动到通道264中的第一介质254的唯一机制。第一介质254可以是与第二介质258相同的介质,或者第一介质254可以是与第二介质258不同的介质。或者,第一介质254和第二介质258可以在开始时相同,然后例如通过由隔离区域270中的一个或多个单元调节第二介质而变得不同,或通过改变流过通道264的介质。As shown in FIG2E , the connection region 268 of each isolation dock 266 generally includes an area extending between a proximal opening 274 to the channel 264 and a distal opening 276 to the isolation structure 272. The length Lcon of the connection region 268 can be greater than the maximum penetration depth Dp of the secondary stream 282, in which case the secondary stream 282 will extend into the connection region 268 without being redirected toward the isolation region 270 (as shown in FIG2D ). Alternatively, as shown in FIG2F , the connection region 268 can have a length Lcon that is less than the maximum penetration depth Dp, in which case the secondary stream 282 will extend through the connection region 268 and be redirected toward the isolation region 270. In the latter case, the sum of the lengths Lc1 and Lc2 of the connection region 268 is greater than the maximum penetration depth Dp, so that the secondary stream 282 will not extend into the isolation region 270. Regardless of whether the length Lcon of the connecting region 268 is greater than the penetration depth Dp, or whether the sum of the lengths Lc1 and Lc2 of the connecting region 268 is greater than the penetration depth Dp, the fluid 278 of the first medium 254 in the channel 264 that does not exceed the maximum velocity Vmax will generate a secondary flow having a penetration depth Dp, and the micro-objects (not shown but which may be the same as or substantially similar to the micro-objects 246 shown in FIG. 2C ) in the isolated region 270 of the isolation dock 266 will not be drawn out of the isolated region 270 by the fluid 278 of the first medium 254 in the channel 264. The fluid 278 in the channel 264 also does not draw contaminant material (not shown) from the channel 264 into the isolated region 270 of the isolation dock 266. Therefore, diffusion is the only mechanism by which components in the first medium 254 in the channel 264 can move from the channel 264 to the second medium 258 in the isolated region 270 of the isolation dock 266. Likewise, diffusion is the only mechanism by which components in the second medium 258 in the isolation region 270 of the isolation dock 266 can move from the isolation region 270 to the first medium 254 in the channel 264. The first medium 254 can be the same medium as the second medium 258, or the first medium 254 can be a different medium than the second medium 258. Alternatively, the first medium 254 and the second medium 258 can be the same at the beginning and then become different, for example, by adjusting the second medium by one or more units in the isolation region 270, or by changing the medium flowing through the channel 264.
如图2E所示,通道264中的通道264的宽度Wch(即,横向于流体介质流过通道的方向,如图2D中的箭头278所指示的)可以基本上垂直于近端开口274的宽度Wcon1并且基本上平行于远端开口276的宽度Wco2。然而,近端开口274的宽度Wcon1和远端开口276的宽度Wcon2不需要基本上彼此垂直。例如,近端开口274的宽度Wcon1所取向的轴线(未示出)与远端开口276的宽度Wcon2所取向的另一个轴线之间的角度可以不是垂直因而不是90度。可替代地取向的角度的示例包括以下范围中的任一个中的角度:约30度至约90度、约45度至约90度、约60度至约90度等。As shown in FIG2E , the width Wch of the channel 264 in the channel 264 (i.e., transverse to the direction of flow of the fluid medium through the channel, as indicated by arrow 278 in FIG2D ) can be substantially perpendicular to the width Wcon1 of the proximal opening 274 and substantially parallel to the width Wco2 of the distal opening 276. However, the width Wcon1 of the proximal opening 274 and the width Wcon2 of the distal opening 276 do not need to be substantially perpendicular to each other. For example, the angle between the axis (not shown) along which the width Wcon1 of the proximal opening 274 is oriented and the other axis along which the width Wcon2 of the distal opening 276 is oriented may not be perpendicular and therefore not be 90 degrees. Examples of alternatively oriented angles include angles in any of the following ranges: about 30 degrees to about 90 degrees, about 45 degrees to about 90 degrees, about 60 degrees to about 90 degrees, etc.
在隔离坞(例如124、126、128、130、224、226、228或266)的各种实施方式中,隔离区域(例如240或270)被配置为包含多个微物体。在其他实施方式中,隔离区域可以被配置为仅包含一个、两个、三个、四个、五个或类似的相对少量的微物体。因此,隔离区的体积可以是例如至少5×105、8×105、1×106、2×106、4×106、6×106立方微米或更多。In various embodiments of the isolation dock (e.g., 124, 126, 128, 130, 224, 226, 228, or 266), the isolation region (e.g., 240 or 270) is configured to contain a plurality of micro-objects. In other embodiments, the isolation region can be configured to contain only one, two, three, four, five, or similar relatively small numbers of micro-objects. Thus, the volume of the isolation region can be, for example, at least 5×10 5 , 8×10 5 , 1×10 6 , 2×10 6 , 4×10 6 , 6×10 6 cubic microns, or more.
在隔离坞的各种实施方式中,近端开口(例如,234)处的通道(例如,122)的宽度Wch可以在以下范围中的任何范围内:约50~1000微米、50~500微米、50-400微米、50~300微米、50~250微米、50~200微米、50~150微米、50~100微米、70~500微米、70~400微米、70~300微米、70~250微米、70~200微米、70~150微米、90-400微米、90~300微米、90~250微米、90~200微米、90~150微米、100~300微米、100~250微米、100~200微米、100~150微米和100~120微米。在一些其他实施方式中,近端开口(例如,234)处的通道(例如,122)的宽度Wch可以在约200~800微米、200~700微米或200~600微米的范围内。前述内容仅是示例,通道122的宽度Wch可以在其他范围(例如,由上面列出的任何端点定义的范围)中。此外,通道122的Wch可以被选择为在除隔离坞的近端开口之外的通道的区域中的这些范围中的任一个中。In various embodiments of the isolation dock, the width Wch of the channel (e.g., 122) at the proximal opening (e.g., 234) can be any of the following ranges: approximately 50-1000 microns, 50-500 microns, 50-400 microns, 50-300 microns, 50-250 microns, 50-200 microns, 50-150 microns, 50-100 microns, 70-500 microns, 70-400 microns, 70-300 microns, 70-250 microns, 70-200 microns, 70-150 microns, 90-400 microns, 90-300 microns, 90-250 microns, 90-200 microns, 90-150 microns, 100-300 microns, 100-250 microns, 100-200 microns, 100-150 microns, and 100-120 microns. In some other embodiments, the width W of the channel (e.g., 122) at the proximal opening (e.g., 234) can be in the range of approximately 200-800 microns, 200-700 microns, or 200-600 microns. The foregoing is merely an example, and the width W of the channel 122 can be in other ranges (e.g., a range defined by any of the endpoints listed above). Furthermore, the width W of the channel 122 can be selected to be within any of these ranges in the region of the channel excluding the proximal opening of the isolation dock.
在一些实施方式中,隔离坞的高度为约30至约200微米、或约50至约150微米。在一些实施方式中,隔离坞具有约1×104至约3×106平方微米、约2×104至约2×106平方微米、约4×104至约1×106平方微米的横截面积,约2×104至约5×105平方微米、约2×104至约1×105平方微米、或约2×105至约2×106平方微米。在一些实施方式中,连接区域具有约20到约100微米、约30到约80微米或约40到约60微米的横截面宽度。In some embodiments, the height of the isolation dock is about 30 to about 200 microns, or about 50 to about 150 microns. In some embodiments, the isolation dock has a cross-sectional area of about 1×10 4 to about 3×10 6 square microns, about 2×10 4 to about 2×10 6 square microns, about 4×10 4 to about 1×10 6 square microns, about 2×10 4 to about 5×10 5 square microns, about 2×10 4 to about 1×10 5 square microns, or about 2×10 5 to about 2×10 6 square microns. In some embodiments, the connection region has a cross-sectional width of about 20 to about 100 microns, about 30 to about 80 microns, or about 40 to about 60 microns.
在隔离坞的各种实施方式中,近端开口(例如,234)处的通道(例如,122)的高度Hch可以在以下范围中的任何范围内:20~100微米、20~90微米、20~80微米、20~70微米、20~60微米、20~50微米、30~100微米、30~90微米、30~80微米、30~70微米、30~60微米、30~50微米、40~100微米、40~90微米、40~80微米、40~70微米、40~60微米或40~50微米。前述仅是示例,通道(例如,122)的高度Hch可以在其他范围(例如,由以上列出的任何端点限定的范围)中。通道122的高度Hch可以被选择为在除隔离坞的近端开口之外的通道的区域中的这些范围中的任一个中。In various embodiments of the isolation dock, the height Hch of the channel (e.g., 122) at the proximal opening (e.g., 234) can be in any of the following ranges: 20-100 microns, 20-90 microns, 20-80 microns, 20-70 microns, 20-60 microns, 20-50 microns, 30-100 microns, 30-90 microns, 30-80 microns, 30-70 microns, 30-60 microns, 30-50 microns, 40-100 microns, 40-90 microns, 40-80 microns, 40-70 microns, 40-60 microns, or 40-50 microns. The foregoing are merely examples, and the height Hch of the channel (e.g., 122) can be in other ranges (e.g., a range defined by any of the endpoints listed above). The height Hch of the channel 122 can be selected to be in any of these ranges in the region of the channel other than the proximal opening of the isolation dock.
在隔离坞的各种实施方式中,近端开口(例如,234)处的通道(例如,122)的横截面面积可以在以下范围中的任何范围内:500~50,000平方微米、500~40,000平方微米、500~30,000平方微米、500~25,000平方微米、500~20,000平方微米、500~15,000平方微米、500~10,000平方微米、500~7,500平方微米、500~5,000平方微米、1,000~25,000平方微米、1,000~20,000平方微米、1,000~15,000平方微米、1,000~10,000平方微米、1,000~7,500平方微米、1,000~5,000平方微米、2,000~20,000平方微米、2,000~15,000平方微米、2,000~10,000平方微米、2,000~7,500平方微米、2,000~6,000平方微米、3,000~20,000平方微米、3,000~15,000平方微米、3,000~10,000平方微米、3,000~7,500平方微米、或3,000~6,000平方微米。前述仅是示例,在近端开口(例如,234)处的通道(例如,122)的横截面区域可处于其他范围(例如,由以上列出的任何端点限定的范围)中。In various embodiments of the isolation dock, the cross-sectional area of the channel (e.g., 122) at the proximal opening (e.g., 234) can be in any of the following ranges: 500-50,000 square microns, 500-40,000 square microns, 500-30,000 square microns, 500-25,000 square microns, 500-20,000 square microns, 500-15,000 square microns, 500-10,000 square microns, 500-7,500 square microns, 500-5,000 square microns, 1,000-25,000 square microns, 1,000-20 ...5,000 square microns, 1,000-20,000 square microns, 1,000-25,000 square microns, 1,000-25,000 square microns, 1,000-20,000 square microns, 1,000-25,000 square microns, 1,000-25,000 square microns, 1,000-25,000 square microns, 0-15,000 square microns, 1,000-10,000 square microns, 1,000-7,500 square microns, 1,000-5,000 square microns, 2,000-20,000 square microns, 2,000-15,000 square microns, 2,000-10,000 square microns, 2,000-7,500 square microns, 2,000-6,000 square microns, 3,000-20,000 square microns, 3,000-15,000 square microns, 3,000-10,000 square microns, 3,000-7,500 square microns, or 3,000-6,000 square microns. The foregoing are examples only, and the cross-sectional area of the passageway (eg, 122 ) at the proximal opening (eg, 234 ) may be within other ranges (eg, ranges defined by any of the endpoints listed above).
在隔离坞的各种实施方式中,连接区域(例如,236)的长度Lcon可在以下范围中的任一范围内:约20至约300微米、约40至约250微米、约60至约200微米、约80至约150微米、约20至约500微米、约40至约400微米、约60至约300微米、约80至约200微米或约100至约150微米。前述仅是示例,并且连接区域(例如,236)的长度Lcon可以在与前述示例不同的范围内(例如,由上面列出的任何端点定义的范围)。In various embodiments of the isolation dock, the length Lcon of the connection region (e.g., 236) can be any of the following ranges: about 20 to about 300 microns, about 40 to about 250 microns, about 60 to about 200 microns, about 80 to about 150 microns, about 20 to about 500 microns, about 40 to about 400 microns, about 60 to about 300 microns, about 80 to about 200 microns, or about 100 to about 150 microns. The foregoing are merely examples, and the length Lcon of the connection region (e.g., 236) can be in a range different from the foregoing examples (e.g., a range defined by any of the endpoints listed above).
在隔离坞的各种实施方式中,近端开口(例如,234)处的连接区域(例如,236)的宽度Wcon可在以下范围中的任何范围内:约20至约150微米、约20至约100微米、约20至约80微米、约20至约60微米、约30至约150微米、约30至约100微米、约30至约80微米、约30至约60微米、约40至约150微米、约40至约100微米、约40至约80微米、约40至约60微米、约50至约150微米、约50至约100微米、约50至约80微米、约60至约150微米、约60至约100微米、约60至约80微米、约70至约150微米、约70至约100微米、约80至约150微米和约80至约100微米。前述仅是示例,并且近端开口(例如,234)处的连接区域(例如,236)的宽度Wcon可不同于前述示例(例如,由以上列出的任何端点限定的范围)。In various embodiments of the isolation dock, the width Wcon of the connection region (e.g., 236) at the proximal opening (e.g., 234) can be any of the following ranges: about 20 to about 150 microns, about 20 to about 100 microns, about 20 to about 80 microns, about 20 to about 60 microns, about 30 to about 150 microns, about 30 to about 100 microns, about 30 to about 80 microns, about 30 to about 60 microns, about 40 to about 150 microns, about 40 to about 100 microns, about 40 to about 80 microns, about 40 to about 60 microns, about 50 to about 150 microns, about 50 to about 100 microns, about 50 to about 80 microns, about 60 to about 150 microns, about 60 to about 100 microns, about 60 to about 80 microns, about 70 to about 150 microns, about 70 to about 100 microns, about 80 to about 150 microns, and about 80 to about 100 microns. The foregoing are merely examples, and the width Wcon of the connection region (eg, 236) at the proximal opening (eg, 234) may be different from the foregoing examples (eg, a range defined by any of the endpoints listed above).
在隔离坞的各种实施方式中,近端开口(例如,234)处的连接区域(例如,236)的宽度Wcon可以至少与微物体(例如生物细胞,其可为免疫细胞,例如B细胞或T细胞,或杂交瘤细胞等)的最大尺寸一样大,隔离坞用于所述生物细胞。例如,在免疫细胞(例如B细胞)将被放置的隔离坞的近端开口234处的连接区域236的宽度Wcon可以是以下各项中的任一项:约20微米、约25微米、约30微米、约35微米、约40微米、约45微米、约50微米、约55微米、约60微米、约65微米、约70微米、约75微米或约80微米。前述仅是示例,近端开口(例如,234)处的连接区域(例如,236)的宽度Wcon可不同于前述示例(例如,由以上列出的任何端点限定的范围)。In various embodiments of the isolation dock, the width Wcon of the connection region (e.g., 236) at the proximal opening (e.g., 234) can be at least as large as the maximum dimension of the micro-object (e.g., a biological cell, which can be an immune cell, such as a B cell or a T cell, or a hybridoma cell, etc.) for which the isolation dock is to be placed. For example, the width Wcon of the connection region 236 at the proximal opening 234 of the isolation dock where the immune cell (e.g., B cell) will be placed can be any of the following: about 20 microns, about 25 microns, about 30 microns, about 35 microns, about 40 microns, about 45 microns, about 50 microns, about 55 microns, about 60 microns, about 65 microns, about 70 microns, about 75 microns, or about 80 microns. The foregoing are merely examples, and the width Wcon of the connection region (e.g., 236) at the proximal opening (e.g., 234) can be different from the foregoing examples (e.g., a range defined by any of the endpoints listed above).
在隔离坞的各种实施方式中,连接区域(例如,236)的长度Lcon与近端开口234处的连接区域(例如,236)的宽度Wcon的比率可以大于或等于以下比率中的任一个,1.0、1.5、2.0、2.5、3.0、3.5、4.0、4.5、5.0、6.0、7.0、8.0、9.0、10.0或更多。前述仅是示例,并且连接区域236的长度Lcon与近端开口234处的连接区域236的宽度Wcon的比率可以不同于前述示例。In various embodiments of the isolation dock, the ratio of the length Lcon of the connection region (e.g., 236) to the width Wcon of the connection region (e.g., 236) at the proximal opening 234 can be greater than or equal to any of the following ratios: 1.0, 1.5, 2.0, 2.5, 3.0, 3.5, 4.0, 4.5, 5.0, 6.0, 7.0, 8.0, 9.0, 10.0, or more. The foregoing are merely examples, and the ratio of the length Lcon of the connection region 236 to the width Wcon of the connection region 236 at the proximal opening 234 can be different from the foregoing examples.
在微流体装置100、200、230、250、280、290、320的各种实施方式中,Vmax可设定为约0.2、0.3、0.4、0.5、0.6、0.7、0.8、0.9、1.0、1.1、1.2、1.3、1.4、1.5、2.0、2.5、3.0、3.5、4.0、4.5或5.0微升/秒。In various embodiments of the microfluidic devices 100, 200, 230, 250, 280, 290, 320, Vmax can be set to approximately 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, 0.8, 0.9, 1.0, 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, 2.0, 2.5, 3.0, 3.5, 4.0, 4.5, or 5.0 μL/sec.
在具有隔离坞的微流体装置的各种实施方式中,隔离坞的隔离区(例如,240)的体积可以是例如至少5×105、8×105、1×106,2×106、4×106、6×106、8×106、1×107立方微米或更多。在具有隔离坞的微流体装置的各种实施方式中,隔离坞的体积可以是约5×105、6×105、8×105、1×106、2×106、4×106、8×106、1×107立方微米或更多。在一些其他实施方式中,隔离坞的体积可以是约0.5纳升到约10纳升、约1.0纳升到约5.0纳升、约1.5纳升到约4.0纳升,约2.0纳升到约3.0纳升、约2.5纳升或由前述端点中的两个界定的任何范围。In various embodiments of a microfluidic device having an isolation dock, the volume of the isolation region (e.g., 240) of the isolation dock can be, for example, at least 5×10 5 , 8×10 5 , 1×10 6 , 2×10 6 , 4×10 6 , 6×10 6 , 8×10 6 , 1×10 7 cubic microns or more. In various embodiments of a microfluidic device having an isolation dock, the volume of the isolation dock can be about 5×10 5 , 6×10 5 , 8×10 5 , 1×10 6 , 2×10 6 , 4×10 6 , 8×10 6 , 1×10 7 cubic microns or more. In some other embodiments, the volume of the isolation dock can be about 0.5 nanoliters to about 10 nanoliters, about 1.0 nanoliters to about 5.0 nanoliters, about 1.5 nanoliters to about 4.0 nanoliters, about 2.0 nanoliters to about 3.0 nanoliters, about 2.5 nanoliters, or any range bounded by two of the foregoing endpoints.
在各种实施方式中,微流体装置具有如本文所描述的任何实施方式中配置的隔离坞,其中微流体装置具有约5至约10个隔离坞、约10至约50个隔离坞、约100~约500个隔离坞、约200到约1000个隔离坞、约500到约1500个隔离坞、约1000到约2000个隔离坞、或约1000到约3500个隔离坞。隔离坞不需要全部是相同的尺寸,并且可以包括多种配置(例如,隔离坞内的不同宽度、不同特征)。In various embodiments, the microfluidic device has an isolation dock configured as in any embodiment described herein, wherein the microfluidic device has about 5 to about 10 isolation docks, about 10 to about 50 isolation docks, about 100 to about 500 isolation docks, about 200 to about 1000 isolation docks, about 500 to about 1500 isolation docks, about 1000 to about 2000 isolation docks, or about 1000 to about 3500 isolation docks. The isolation docks need not all be the same size and can include a variety of configurations (e.g., different widths, different features within the isolation docks).
在一些其他实施方式中,微流体装置具有如本文所描述的任何实施方式中配置的隔离坞,其中微流体装置具有约1500至约3000个隔离坞、约2000至约3500个隔离坞、约2500至约4000个隔离坞、约3000至约4500个隔离坞、约3500至约5000个隔离坞、约4000至约5500个隔离坞、约4500至约6000个隔离坞、约5000至约6500个隔离坞、约5500至约7000个隔离坞、约6000至约7500个隔离坞、约6500至约8000个隔离坞、约7000到约8500个隔离坞、约7500到约9000隔离坞、约8000到约9500个隔离坞、约8500到约10,000个隔离坞、约9000到约10,500个隔离坞、约9500到约11,000个隔离坞、约10,000到约11,500个隔离坞、约10,500到约12,000个隔离坞、约11,000到约12,500个隔离坞、约11,500~约13,000个隔离坞、约12,000~约13,500个隔离坞、约12,500~约14,000个隔离坞、约13,000~约14,500隔离坞、约13,500~约15,000个隔离坞、约14,000~约15,500个隔离坞、约14,500~约16,000个隔离坞、约15,000~约16,500隔离坞、约15,500~约17,000个隔离坞、约16,000~约17,500个隔离坞、约16,500~约18,000个隔离坞、约17,000~约18,500个隔离坞、约17,500至约19,000个隔离坞、约18,000至约19,500个隔离坞、约18,500至约20,000个隔离坞、约19,000至约20,500个隔离坞、约19,500~约21,000个隔离坞、或约20,000~约21,500个隔离坞。In some other embodiments, the microfluidic device has isolation docks configured as in any of the embodiments described herein, wherein the microfluidic device has about 1500 to about 3000 isolation docks, about 2000 to about 3500 isolation docks, about 2500 to about 4000 isolation docks, about 3000 to about 4500 isolation docks, about 3500 to about 5000 isolation docks, about 4000 to about 5500 isolation docks, about 4500 to about 6000 isolation docks, about 5000 to about 6500 isolation docks, about 5500 to about 7000 isolation docks, 0 isolation docks, about 6000 to about 7500 isolation docks, about 6500 to about 8000 isolation docks, about 7000 to about 8500 isolation docks, about 7500 to about 9000 isolation docks, about 8000 to about 9500 isolation docks, about 8500 to about 10,000 isolation docks, about 9000 to about 10,500 isolation docks, about 9500 to about 11,000 isolation docks, about 10,000 to about 11,500 isolation docks, about 10,500 to about 12,000 isolation docks, about 11,000 to about 12,500 isolation docks, about 11,500 to about 13,000 isolation docks, about 12,000 to about 13,500 isolation docks, about 12,500 to about 14,000 isolation docks, about 13,000 to about 14,500 isolation docks, about 13,500 to about 15,000 isolation docks, about 14,000 to about 15,500 isolation docks, about 14,500 to about 16,000 isolation docks, about 15,000 to about 16,500 isolation docks, about 15,500 to about 17,000 isolation docks, about 16,000 to about 17,500 isolation docks, about 16,500 to about 18,000 isolation docks, about 17,000 to about 18,500 isolation docks, about 17,500 to about 19,000 isolation docks, about 18,000 to about 19,500 isolation docks, about 18,500 to about 20,000 isolation docks, about 19,000 to about 20,500 isolation docks, about 19,500 to about 21,000 isolation docks, or about 20,000 to about 21,500 isolation docks.
控制系统元件。图3A至3B示出了本发明的可用于操作和观察微流体装置(例如100、200、230、280、250、290、320)的系统150的各种实施方式。如图3A所示,系统150可以包括被配置为保持微流体装置320或本文所述的任何其他微流体装置的结构(“巢”)300。巢300可包含能够与微流体装置320(例如,光学致动的电动装置100)接合并提供从电源192到微流体装置320的电连接的插口302。巢300还可以包括集成电信号生成子系统304。电信号生成子系统304可以被配置为向插座提供偏置电压,使得当插座302被保持时,横跨微流体装置320中的一对电极施加偏置电压。因此,电信号生成子系统304可以是电源192的一部分。将偏置电压施加到微流体装置320的能力并不意味着在微流体装置320由插口302保持时将始终施加偏置电压。相反,在大多数情况下,偏置电压将被间歇地施加,例如,仅根据需要来促进微流体装置320中的电动力学力,例如介电泳或电润湿的产生。Control System Elements. Figures 3A-3B illustrate various embodiments of a system 150 of the present invention that can be used to operate and observe a microfluidic device (e.g., 100, 200, 230, 280, 250, 290, 320). As shown in Figure 3A, the system 150 can include a structure ("nest") 300 configured to hold a microfluidic device 320, or any other microfluidic device described herein. The nest 300 can include a receptacle 302 that can interface with the microfluidic device 320 (e.g., the optically actuated electromotive device 100) and provide an electrical connection from the power source 192 to the microfluidic device 320. The nest 300 can also include an integrated electrical signal generation subsystem 304. The electrical signal generation subsystem 304 can be configured to provide a bias voltage to the receptacle such that when the receptacle 302 is held, a bias voltage is applied across a pair of electrodes in the microfluidic device 320. Thus, the electrical signal generation subsystem 304 can be part of the power source 192. The ability to apply a bias voltage to the microfluidic device 320 does not mean that the bias voltage will be applied at all times while the microfluidic device 320 is held by the receptacle 302. Rather, in most cases, the bias voltage will be applied intermittently, e.g., only as needed to promote the generation of electrokinetic forces in the microfluidic device 320, such as dielectrophoresis or electrowetting.
如图3A所示,巢300可以包括印刷电路板组件(PCBA)322。电信号生成子系统304可以被安装在PCBA322上并且被电集成到PCBA322中。示例性支撑件还包括安装在PCBA322上的插座302。3A , the nest 300 may include a printed circuit board assembly (PCBA) 322. The electrical signal generating subsystem 304 may be mounted on and electrically integrated into the PCBA 322. The exemplary support also includes a socket 302 mounted on the PCBA 322.
通常,电信号生成子系统304包括波形发生器(未示出)。电信号生成子系统304还可以包括示波器(未示出)和/或波形放大电路(未示出),其被配置为放大从波形发生器接收的波形。示波器(如果存在)可被配置为测量供应到由插座302保持的微流体装置320的波形。在某些实施方式中,示波器测量在微流体装置320近端(和远离波形发生器)的位置处的波形,从而确保测量实际上施加到装置的波形时的更高精度。从示波器测量获得的数据可以例如作为反馈被提供给波形发生器,并且波形发生器可以被配置为基于这样的反馈来调整其输出。合适的组合波形发生器和示波器的示例是RedPitayaTM。Typically, the electrical signal generating subsystem 304 includes a waveform generator (not shown). The electrical signal generating subsystem 304 may also include an oscilloscope (not shown) and/or a waveform amplification circuit (not shown) that is configured to amplify the waveform received from the waveform generator. The oscilloscope (if present) may be configured to measure the waveform supplied to the microfluidic device 320 held by the socket 302. In certain embodiments, the oscilloscope measures the waveform at the position of the microfluidic device 320 proximal end (and away from the waveform generator) to ensure higher accuracy when measuring the waveform actually applied to the device. The data obtained from the oscilloscope measurement can, for example, be provided to the waveform generator as feedback, and the waveform generator can be configured to adjust its output based on such feedback. An example of a suitable combined waveform generator and oscilloscope is RedPitaya ™ .
在某些实施方式中,巢300还包括控制器308,例如用于感测和/或控制电信号生成子系统304的微处理器。合适的微处理器的示例包括ArduinoTM微处理器,例如ArduinoNanoTM微处理器。控制器308可以用于执行功能和分析,或者可以与外部主控制器154(在图1A中示出)通信以执行功能和分析。在图3A所示的实施方式中,控制器308通过接口310(例如,插头或连接器)与主控制器154通信。In certain embodiments, the nest 300 further includes a controller 308, such as a microprocessor for sensing and/or controlling the electrical signal generating subsystem 304. Examples of suitable microprocessors include Arduino ™ microprocessors, such as Arduino Nano ™ microprocessors. The controller 308 can be used to perform functions and analyses, or can communicate with an external main controller 154 (shown in FIG1A ) to perform functions and analyses. In the embodiment shown in FIG3A , the controller 308 communicates with the main controller 154 via an interface 310 (e.g., a plug or connector).
在一些实施方式中,巢300可以包括电信号生成子系统304,所述电信号生成子系统304包括RedPitayaTM波形发生器/示波器单元(“Red Pitaya单元”)和放大由RedPitayaTM单元产生的波形并将放大的电压传递到微流体装置100的波形放大电路。在一些实施方式中,RedPitayaTM单元被配置为测量微流体装置320处的放大后的电压,且接着根据需要调整其自身的输出电压,使得微流体装置320处的所测量电压为所要值。在一些实施方式中,波形放大电路可以具有由安装在PCBA322上的一对DC-DC转换器生成的+6.5V到-6.5V的电源,导致微流体装置100处高达13Vpp的信号。In some embodiments, the nest 300 can include an electrical signal generation subsystem 304 that includes a RedPitaya ™ waveform generator/oscilloscope unit ("Red Pitaya unit") and a waveform amplification circuit that amplifies the waveform generated by the RedPitaya ™ unit and passes the amplified voltage to the microfluidic device 100. In some embodiments, the RedPitaya ™ unit is configured to measure the amplified voltage at the microfluidic device 320 and then adjust its own output voltage as needed so that the measured voltage at the microfluidic device 320 is a desired value. In some embodiments, the waveform amplification circuit can have a +6.5V to -6.5V power supply generated by a pair of DC-DC converters mounted on PCBA 322, resulting in a signal of up to 13Vpp at the microfluidic device 100.
如图3A所示,支撑结构300还可以包括热控制子系统306。热控制子系统306可被配置为调节由支撑结构300保持的微流体装置320的温度。例如,热控制子系统306可以包括珀尔帖(Peltier)热电设备(未示出)和冷却单元(未示出)。珀尔帖热电设备可以具有被配置为与微流体装置320的至少一个表面接合的第一表面。冷却单元可以是例如冷却块(未示出),例如液体冷却的铝块。珀尔帖热电设备的第二表面(例如,与第一表面对置的表面)可以被配置为与这样的冷却块的表面接合。冷却块可以连接到流体路径314,流体路径314被配置为使冷却流体循环通过冷却块。在图3A所示的实施方式中,支撑结构300包括入口316和出口318,以接收来自外部储存器(未示出)的冷却流体,将冷却流体引入流体路径314并通过冷却块,然后将冷却的流体返回到外部储存器。在一些实施方式中,珀尔帖热电设备、冷却单元和/或流体路径314可以安装在支撑结构300的壳体312上。在一些实施方式中,热控制子系统306被配置为调节珀尔帖热电装置的温度,以便实现微流体装置320的目标温度。例如,珀耳帖热电设备的温度调节可以通过诸如PololuTM热电电源(Pololu Roboticsand Electronics Corp.)的热电电源来实现。热控制子系统306可以包括反馈电路,诸如由模拟电路提供的温度值。或者,反馈电路可由数字电路提供。As shown in FIG3A , the support structure 300 may further include a thermal control subsystem 306. The thermal control subsystem 306 may be configured to regulate the temperature of the microfluidic device 320 held by the support structure 300. For example, the thermal control subsystem 306 may include a Peltier thermoelectric device (not shown) and a cooling unit (not shown). The Peltier thermoelectric device may have a first surface configured to engage with at least one surface of the microfluidic device 320. The cooling unit may be, for example, a cooling block (not shown), such as a liquid-cooled aluminum block. The second surface of the Peltier thermoelectric device (e.g., the surface opposite the first surface) may be configured to engage with the surface of such a cooling block. The cooling block may be connected to a fluid path 314, which is configured to circulate a cooling fluid through the cooling block. In the embodiment shown in FIG3A , the support structure 300 includes an inlet 316 and an outlet 318 to receive a cooling fluid from an external reservoir (not shown), introduce the cooling fluid into the fluid path 314 and pass through the cooling block, and then return the cooled fluid to the external reservoir. In some embodiments, the Peltier thermoelectric device, cooling unit, and/or fluid path 314 can be mounted on the housing 312 of the support structure 300. In some embodiments, the thermal control subsystem 306 is configured to regulate the temperature of the Peltier thermoelectric device to achieve a target temperature of the microfluidic device 320. For example, temperature regulation of the Peltier thermoelectric device can be achieved by a thermoelectric power source such as a Pololu™ thermoelectric power source (Pololu Robotics and Electronics Corp.). The thermal control subsystem 306 can include a feedback circuit, such as a temperature value provided by an analog circuit. Alternatively, the feedback circuit can be provided by a digital circuit.
在一些实施方式中,巢300可以包括具有反馈电路的热控制子系统306,该反馈电路是模拟分压器电路(未示出),该模拟分压器电路包括电阻器(例如,具有1kΩ+/-0.1%的电阻,+/-0.02ppm/C0的温度系数)和NTC热敏电阻(例如,标称电阻为1kΩ+/-0.01%)。在一些情况下,热控制子系统306测量来自反馈电路的电压,并且然后使用所计算的温度值作为到机载PID控制环路算法的输入。PID控制循环算法的输出可以驱动例如PololuTM电动机驱动器(未示出)上的方向和脉冲宽度调制的信号引脚,以使热电电源致动,从而控制帕尔帖热电设备。In some embodiments, the nest 300 can include a thermal control subsystem 306 having a feedback circuit that is an analog voltage divider circuit (not shown) that includes a resistor (e.g., having a resistance of 1 kΩ +/- 0.1%, a temperature coefficient of +/- 0.02 ppm/C0) and an NTC thermistor (e.g., having a nominal resistance of 1 kΩ +/- 0.01%). In some cases, the thermal control subsystem 306 measures the voltage from the feedback circuit and then uses the calculated temperature value as an input to an onboard PID control loop algorithm. The output of the PID control loop algorithm can drive, for example, direction and pulse width modulated signal pins on a Pololu ™ motor driver (not shown) to actuate the thermoelectric power supply, thereby controlling the Peltier thermoelectric device.
巢300可以包括串行端口324,其允许控制器308的微处理器经由接口310(未示出)与外部主控制器154通信。另外,控制器308的微处理器可以与电信号生成子系统304和热控制子系统306通信(例如,经由Plink工具(未示出))。因此,经由控制器308、接口310和串行端口324的组合,电信号生成子系统304和热控制子系统306可以与外部主控制器154通信。以此方式,除了其他方面,主控制器154还可通过执行用于输出电压调整的换算(scaling)计算来辅助电信号生成子系统304。经由耦合到外部主控制器154的显示设备170提供的图形用户接口(GUI)(未示出)可以被配置为标绘从热控制子系统306和电信号生成子系统304获得的温度和波形数据。另外地或额外地,GUI可以允许对控制器308、热控制子系统306和电信号生成子系统304的更新。The nest 300 may include a serial port 324 that allows the microprocessor of the controller 308 to communicate with the external host controller 154 via the interface 310 (not shown). Additionally, the microprocessor of the controller 308 may communicate with the electrical signal generation subsystem 304 and the thermal control subsystem 306 (e.g., via a Plink tool (not shown)). Thus, via the combination of the controller 308, the interface 310, and the serial port 324, the electrical signal generation subsystem 304 and the thermal control subsystem 306 may communicate with the external host controller 154. In this manner, the host controller 154 may assist the electrical signal generation subsystem 304 by, among other things, performing scaling calculations for output voltage adjustment. A graphical user interface (GUI) (not shown) provided via the display device 170 coupled to the external host controller 154 may be configured to plot temperature and waveform data obtained from the thermal control subsystem 306 and the electrical signal generation subsystem 304. Alternatively or additionally, the GUI may allow for updates to the controller 308 , the thermal control subsystem 306 , and the electrical signal generation subsystem 304 .
图3B是微流体装置的系统150的光学设备350的光学示意图。在一些实施方式中,光学设备350可以包括结构光调制器330。结构光调制器330可包含数字镜装置(DMD)或微光闸阵列系统(MSA),其中任一者可以被配置为从光源332接收光,且将所接收光的子集传送到光学设备350中。或者,结构光调制器330可包含产生其自身光(且因此不需要光源332)的装置,例如有机发光二极管显示器(OLED),硅基液晶(LCOS)装置、硅装置上的铁电液晶(FLOS)或透射式液晶显示器(LCD)。结构光调制器330可以是例如投影仪。因此,结构光调制器330能够发射结构光和非结构光两者。在某些实施方式中,系统的成像模块和/或运动模块可以控制结构光调制器330。FIG3B is an optical schematic diagram of an optical device 350 of the system 150 for a microfluidic device. In some embodiments, the optical device 350 may include a structured light modulator 330. The structured light modulator 330 may include a digital mirror device (DMD) or a micro-gate array system (MSA), either of which may be configured to receive light from a light source 332 and transmit a subset of the received light to the optical device 350. Alternatively, the structured light modulator 330 may include a device that generates its own light (and therefore does not require a light source 332), such as an organic light emitting diode display (OLED), a liquid crystal on silicon (LCOS) device, a ferroelectric liquid crystal on silicon (FLOS), or a transmissive liquid crystal display (LCD). The structured light modulator 330 may be, for example, a projector. Thus, the structured light modulator 330 is capable of emitting both structured light and unstructured light. In certain embodiments, the imaging module and/or motion module of the system may control the structured light modulator 330.
在一些实施方式中,光学设备350可以具有显微镜配置。在这样的实施方式中,巢300和结构光调制器330可以被单独地配置为集成到光学设备350的显微镜配置中。在一些实施方式中,光学设备350还可以包括一个或多个图像传感器或检测器348。在一些实施方式中,图像传感器348由成像模块控制。图像传感器348可包含目镜、电荷耦合装置(CCD)、相机(例如,数码相机)或其任何组合。如果存在至少两个图像传感器348,则一个图像传感器可以是例如快速帧速率相机,而另一个检测器可以是高灵敏度相机。此外,光学设备350可以被配置为从微流体装置320接收反射和/或发射的光,并且将反射和/或发射的光的至少一部分聚焦在一个或多个图像传感器348上。In some embodiments, the optical device 350 can have a microscope configuration. In such embodiments, the nest 300 and the structured light modulator 330 can be separately configured to be integrated into the microscope configuration of the optical device 350. In some embodiments, the optical device 350 can also include one or more image sensors or detectors 348. In some embodiments, the image sensor 348 is controlled by the imaging module. The image sensor 348 can include an eyepiece, a charge coupled device (CCD), a camera (e.g., a digital camera), or any combination thereof. If there are at least two image sensors 348, one image sensor can be, for example, a fast frame rate camera, while the other detector can be a high sensitivity camera. In addition, the optical device 350 can be configured to receive reflected and/or emitted light from the microfluidic device 320 and focus at least a portion of the reflected and/or emitted light on the one or more image sensors 348.
在一些实施例中,光学设备350被配置为使用至少两个光源。例如,第一光源332可以用于产生结构光(例如,经由光调制子系统330),并且第二光源334可以用于提供非结构光。第一光源332可以产生用于光学致动电动力学和/或荧光激发的结构光,并且第二光源334可以用于提供亮场照明。在这些实施例中,运动模块164可以用于控制第一光源332,并且成像模块164可以用于控制第二光源334。光学装置350可被配置为,当装置被巢300保持时,接收来自结构光调制器330的结构光并将结构光投射在微流体装置(诸如光学致动的电动装置)中的至少第一区域上,并且接收来自微流体装置的反射光和/或发射光并且将这样的反射光和/或发射光的至少一部分成像到图像传感器348上。光学设备350还可以被配置为当设备被巢300保持时,从第二光源接收非结构光并且在微流体装置的至少第二区域上投射非结构光。在某些实施例中,微流体装置320的第一区域和第二区域可以是重叠区域。例如,第一区域可以是第二区域的子集。In some embodiments, the optical device 350 is configured to use at least two light sources. For example, a first light source 332 can be used to generate structured light (e.g., via the light modulation subsystem 330), and a second light source 334 can be used to provide unstructured light. The first light source 332 can generate structured light for optically actuated electrodynamic and/or fluorescence excitation, and the second light source 334 can be used to provide bright field illumination. In these embodiments, the motion module 164 can be used to control the first light source 332, and the imaging module 164 can be used to control the second light source 334. The optical device 350 can be configured to receive structured light from the structured light modulator 330 and project the structured light onto at least a first area in a microfluidic device (such as an optically actuated electrodynamic device) while the device is held by the nest 300, and to receive reflected and/or emitted light from the microfluidic device and image at least a portion of such reflected and/or emitted light onto the image sensor 348. The optical device 350 can also be configured to receive unstructured light from a second light source and project the unstructured light onto at least a second region of the microfluidic device when the device is held by the nest 300. In some embodiments, the first region and the second region of the microfluidic device 320 can be overlapping regions. For example, the first region can be a subset of the second region.
在图3B中,第一光源332被示为向结构光调制器光330供应光,该结构光调制器光330向微流体装置320提供结构光。第二光源334被示出为经由分束器336提供非结构光。来自光调制器330的结构光和来自第二光源334的非结构光一起从分束器336行进而到达第二分束器(或二向色滤光器338,取决于光调制器330提供的光),在此光通过物镜340向下反射到微流体装置320。来自微流体装置320的反射和/或发射光然后穿过物镜340向上行进,穿过分束器和/或二向色滤光器338,并到达二向色滤光器346。到达二向色滤光器346的光的仅一部分穿过并到达检测器348。In FIG3B , a first light source 332 is shown supplying light to a structured light modulator 330, which provides structured light to the microfluidic device 320. A second light source 334 is shown providing unstructured light via a beam splitter 336. The structured light from the light modulator 330 and the unstructured light from the second light source 334 travel together from the beam splitter 336 to a second beam splitter (or dichroic filter 338, depending on the light provided by the light modulator 330), where the light is reflected downwardly through an objective lens 340 toward the microfluidic device 320. Reflected and/or emitted light from the microfluidic device 320 then travels upwardly through the objective lens 340, passes through the beam splitter and/or dichroic filter 338, and reaches a dichroic filter 346. Only a portion of the light that reaches the dichroic filter 346 passes through and reaches a detector 348.
在一些实施方式中,第二光源334发射蓝光。利用适当的二向色滤光器346,从微流体装置320反射的蓝光能够穿过二向色滤光器346并到达检测器348。相反地,来自光调制器330的结构光从微流体装置320反射,但不穿过二向色滤光器346。在该示例中,二向色滤光器346滤除波长大于495nm的的可见光。如果从光调制器发出的光不包括短于495nm的任何波长,则将仅完成这种来自光调制器330的光的过滤(如图所示)。实际上,如果来自光调制器330的光包含短于495nm的波长(例如,蓝色波长),那么来自光调制器的一些光将穿过滤光器346而到达图像感测器348。在这样的实施方式中,滤光器346用于改变从第一光源332和第二光源334到达图像传感器348的光量之间的平衡。如果第一光源332明显强于第二光源334,则这是有益的。在其他实施方式中,第二光源334可发射红光,且二向色滤光器346可滤除除红光之外的可见光(例如,波长小于650nm的可见光)。In some embodiments, the second light source 334 emits blue light. With an appropriate dichroic filter 346, the blue light reflected from the microfluidic device 320 is able to pass through the dichroic filter 346 and reach the detector 348. Conversely, the structured light from the light modulator 330 reflects from the microfluidic device 320 but does not pass through the dichroic filter 346. In this example, the dichroic filter 346 filters out visible light with wavelengths greater than 495 nm. If the light emitted from the light modulator does not include any wavelengths shorter than 495 nm, only this filtering of the light from the light modulator 330 will be completed (as shown). In fact, if the light from the light modulator 330 includes wavelengths shorter than 495 nm (e.g., blue wavelengths), some of the light from the light modulator will pass through the filter 346 and reach the image sensor 348. In such embodiments, the filter 346 is used to change the balance between the amount of light reaching the image sensor 348 from the first light source 332 and the second light source 334. This is beneficial if first light source 332 is significantly more powerful than second light source 334. In other embodiments, second light source 334 can emit red light, and dichroic filter 346 can filter out visible light other than red light (e.g., visible light having a wavelength less than 650 nm).
在某些实施方式中,第一光源332可发射宽光谱的波长(例如,“白色”光)。第一光源332可发射例如适合于激发荧光团的至少一个波长。第一光源332可以足够强大,使得由光调制器330发射的结构光能够在光致动的致动微流体装置320中激活光致动电泳。在某些实施方式中,第一光源332可以包括高强度放电弧光灯,诸如包括金属卤化物、陶瓷放电、钠、汞和/或氙那些。在其他实施方式中,第一光源332可以包括一个或多个LED(例如,LED的阵列诸如4个LED的2×2阵列或9个LED的3×3阵列)。LED可以包括广谱抗白光LED(例如,由PRIZMATIX制造的UHP-T-LED-White)或各种窄带波长LED(例如,发射约380nm、480nm或560nm的波长)。在其他实施方式中,第一光源332可以包括被配置为以可选择波长(例如,针对OET和/或荧光)发射光的激光器。In some embodiments, the first light source 332 can emit a broad spectrum of wavelengths (e.g., "white" light). The first light source 332 can emit, for example, at least one wavelength suitable for exciting a fluorophore. The first light source 332 can be sufficiently powerful so that the structured light emitted by the light modulator 330 can activate photoactivated electrophoresis in the photoactivated microfluidic device 320. In some embodiments, the first light source 332 can include a high-intensity discharge arc lamp, such as those comprising metal halides, ceramic discharge, sodium, mercury, and/or xenon. In other embodiments, the first light source 332 can include one or more LEDs (e.g., an array of LEDs such as a 2×2 array of 4 LEDs or a 3×3 array of 9 LEDs). The LEDs can include broad-spectrum, white-light-resistant LEDs (e.g., UHP-T-LED-White manufactured by PRIZMATIX) or various narrow-band wavelength LEDs (e.g., emitting wavelengths of approximately 380 nm, 480 nm, or 560 nm). In other embodiments, the first light source 332 can include a laser configured to emit light at a selectable wavelength (e.g., for OET and/or fluorescence).
在某些实施方式中,第二光源334适合于亮场照明。因此,第二光源334可以包括一个或多个LED(例如LED阵列,诸如4个LED的2×2阵列或9个LED的3×3阵列)。在一些实施方式中,LED可以被配置为发射白光(即,宽光谱)光、蓝光、红光等,第二光源334可以发射具有495nm或更短波长的光。例如,第二光源622可以发射波长基本上为480nm、基本上为450nm或基本上为380nm的波长的光。在其他实施方式中,第二光源334可以发射波长为650nm或更长的光。例如,第二光源334可以发射波长基本上为750nm的光。在其他实施方式中,第二光源334可以发射波长基本上为560nm的波长。In some embodiments, the second light source 334 is suitable for bright field illumination. Thus, the second light source 334 may include one or more LEDs (e.g., an LED array, such as a 2×2 array of 4 LEDs or a 3×3 array of 9 LEDs). In some embodiments, the LEDs may be configured to emit white light (i.e., broad spectrum) light, blue light, red light, etc., and the second light source 334 may emit light having a wavelength of 495 nm or less. For example, the second light source 622 may emit light having a wavelength of substantially 480 nm, substantially 450 nm, or substantially 380 nm. In other embodiments, the second light source 334 may emit light having a wavelength of 650 nm or longer. For example, the second light source 334 may emit light having a wavelength of substantially 750 nm. In other embodiments, the second light source 334 may emit light having a wavelength of substantially 560 nm.
在某些实施方式中,光学设备350包括二向色滤光器346,其至少部分地滤除波长大于495nm的可见光。在其他实施方式中,光学设备350包括二向色滤光器346,其至少部分地滤除波长小于650nm(或小于620nm)的可见光。更一般地,光学设备350还可以包括二向色滤光器346,其被配置为减少或基本上防止来自第一光源332的结构光到达检测器348。这样的滤光器346可以位于检测器346的近端(沿着光学设备)。可替代地,光学设备350可以包括一个或多个二向色滤光器346,其被配置为平衡来自光调制器330的结构光(例如,可见光结构光)的量和来自第二光源334的非结构光的量(例如,可见光非结构光),到达检测器348。这样的平衡可以用于确保结构光不会覆盖检测器348处的非结构光(或者在由检测器348获得的图像中)。In some embodiments, the optical device 350 includes a dichroic filter 346 that at least partially filters out visible light having a wavelength greater than 495 nm. In other embodiments, the optical device 350 includes a dichroic filter 346 that at least partially filters out visible light having a wavelength less than 650 nm (or less than 620 nm). More generally, the optical device 350 may also include a dichroic filter 346 configured to reduce or substantially prevent structured light from the first light source 332 from reaching the detector 348. Such a filter 346 may be located proximal to the detector 346 (along the optical device). Alternatively, the optical device 350 may include one or more dichroic filters 346 configured to balance the amount of structured light (e.g., visible structured light) from the light modulator 330 and the amount of unstructured light (e.g., visible unstructured light) from the second light source 334 that reaches the detector 348. Such a balance may be used to ensure that structured light does not overwhelm unstructured light at detector 348 (or in an image obtained by detector 348 ).
在一些实施方式中,光学设备350还可以包含位于设备350的成像路径中的物镜340与图像传感器348之间的至少一个镜筒透镜381。物镜340不再将中间图像直接投射到中间图像平面中。替代地,物镜340被配置为使得从物镜340的后孔射出的光聚焦到无限远,且镜筒透镜381被配置为在镜筒透镜381的焦平面处形成图像。离开无限大聚焦物镜340的光束被准直,使得分束器338、滤光器346偏振器和需要平行光束的其他组件可以容易地引入到成像路径中。在穿过这些辅助光学设备之后,平行光束可以被配置为通过镜筒透镜381聚焦并形成微流体装置320的图像。在没有镜筒透镜381的情况下,在成像路径中插入分束器和其他部件的会由于穿过分束器的聚焦光束而引入球面像差和可能的“重影”图像效应。物镜340和镜筒透镜381一起可以在图像传感器348处产生图像。物镜340与镜筒透镜381之间的区域(无限大空间)提供平行光束的路径,在不引入球面像差或修改物镜340工作距离的情况下,可将复合光学组件设置在所述平行光束中。In some embodiments, the optical device 350 may further include at least one tube lens 381 positioned between the objective lens 340 and the image sensor 348 in the imaging path of the device 350. The objective lens 340 no longer projects the intermediate image directly into the intermediate image plane. Instead, the objective lens 340 is configured so that light exiting the rear aperture of the objective lens 340 is focused to infinity, and the tube lens 381 is configured to form an image at the focal plane of the tube lens 381. The light beam exiting the infinitely focusing objective lens 340 is collimated, allowing the beam splitter 338, filter 346, polarizer, and other components requiring a parallel beam to be easily introduced into the imaging path. After passing through these auxiliary optical devices, the parallel beam can be configured to be focused by the tube lens 381 and form an image of the microfluidic device 320. Without the tube lens 381, the insertion of a beam splitter and other components into the imaging path would introduce spherical aberration and possible "ghost" image effects due to the focused beam passing through the beam splitter. Objective lens 340 and tube lens 381 together can produce an image at image sensor 348. The region between objective lens 340 and tube lens 381 (infinite space) provides a path for a parallel light beam in which the composite optical components can be positioned without introducing spherical aberration or modifying the working distance of objective lens 340.
图4A是用于成像和操纵微目标的系统1000的光学示意图。系统1000可以包括微流体设备1320,例如光致动的微流体(或“LAMF”)装置和光学设备1350。微流体设备1320可以是本文所述或本领域已知的任何微流体装置。例如,微流体装置可以包括被配置为将一个或多个微物体保持在流体介质中的外壳和衬底1320c。图4B提供部分(或视野)或示例性微流体设备1320的图像。LAMF设备的衬底1320c可以包括表面1120和在表面上(或由表面构成或与其集成)的多个介电泳(DEP)电极。微流体设备1320还可以包括流动区域1122和一个或多个(例如,多个)隔离坞1226。如图4B所示,每个隔离坞1226可以流体连接到流动区域1122。流动区域1122和多个隔离坞1226可以设置在微流体设备1320的衬底的表面1120上。微流体设备1320还可以包括盖1320a。盖1320a可以包括接地电极。如图4B所示,盖1320a可以对可见光透明。FIG4A is an optical schematic diagram of a system 1000 for imaging and manipulating micro-objects. System 1000 may include a microfluidic device 1320, such as a light-activated microfluidic (or "LAMF") device, and an optical device 1350. Microfluidic device 1320 may be any microfluidic device described herein or known in the art. For example, the microfluidic device may include a housing configured to hold one or more micro-objects in a fluid medium and a substrate 1320c. FIG4B provides an image of a portion (or field of view) or exemplary microfluidic device 1320. Substrate 1320c of the LAMF device may include a surface 1120 and a plurality of dielectrophoresis (DEP) electrodes disposed on (or formed from or integrated with) the surface. Microfluidic device 1320 may also include a flow region 1122 and one or more (e.g., a plurality) of isolation docks 1226. As shown in FIG4B , each isolation dock 1226 may be fluidically connected to a flow region 1122. Flow region 1122 and the plurality of isolation docks 1226 may be disposed on surface 1120 of the substrate of microfluidic device 1320. The microfluidic device 1320 may further include a cover 1320a. The cover 1320a may include a ground electrode. As shown in FIG4B , the cover 1320a may be transparent to visible light.
光学设备1350可以被配置为执行微流体设备1320的外壳内的一个或多个微目标的成像、分析和操纵。如图4A所示,光学设备1350可以包括结构光调制器1330、第一镜筒透镜1381、物镜1340、二向色分束器1338、第二镜筒透镜1382以及图像传感器1348。光学设备1350还可以包括第一光源1332。The optical device 1350 can be configured to perform imaging, analysis, and manipulation of one or more micro-targets within the housing of the microfluidic device 1320. As shown in FIG4A , the optical device 1350 can include a structured light modulator 1330, a first tube lens 1381, an objective lens 1340, a dichroic beam splitter 1338, a second tube lens 1382, and an image sensor 1348. The optical device 1350 can also include a first light source 1332.
通常,结构光调制器1330可以被配置为接收来自第一光源1332的非结构光束并且将结构光束透射到第一镜筒透镜1381。如上面更详细描述的,结构光束可以用于选择性地激活表面1120上的多个介电泳(DEP)电极中的一个或多个。第一镜筒透镜1381被配置为从结构光调制器1330捕获结构光束。物镜1340被配置为在视场内对微流体设备1320的多个隔离坞1226的至少一部分进行成像。例如,视场可以大于10mm×10mm、11mm×11mm、12mm×12mm、13mm×13mm、14mm×14mm、15mm×15mm等In general, the structured light modulator 1330 can be configured to receive an unstructured light beam from the first light source 1332 and transmit the structured light beam to the first tube lens 1381. As described in more detail above, the structured light beam can be used to selectively activate one or more of the plurality of dielectrophoresis (DEP) electrodes on the surface 1120. The first tube lens 1381 is configured to capture the structured light beam from the structured light modulator 1330. The objective lens 1340 is configured to image at least a portion of the plurality of isolation docks 1226 of the microfluidic device 1320 within a field of view. For example, the field of view can be larger than 10 mm x 10 mm, 11 mm x 11 mm, 12 mm x 12 mm, 13 mm x 13 mm, 14 mm x 14 mm, 15 mm x 15 mm, etc.
二向色分束器1338被配置为将光束从第一镜筒透镜1381反射或透射到物镜1340,且将从物镜1340接收的光束透射或反射到第二镜筒透镜1382。第二镜筒透镜1382被配置为接收来自二向色分束器1338的光束并且将光束传输到图像传感器1348。图像传感器1348被配置为接收来自第二镜筒透镜的光束并且从其生成视场内的多个隔离坞1226的至少一部分的图像。The dichroic beam splitter 1338 is configured to reflect or transmit the light beam from the first tube lens 1381 to the objective lens 1340, and transmit or reflect the light beam received from the objective lens 1340 to the second tube lens 1382. The second tube lens 1382 is configured to receive the light beam from the dichroic beam splitter 1338 and transmit the light beam to the image sensor 1348. The image sensor 1348 is configured to receive the light beam from the second tube lens and generate therefrom an image of at least a portion of the plurality of isolation docks 1226 within a field of view.
在一些实施方式中,结构光调制器1330可包含数字镜装置(DMD)或微光闸阵列系统(MSA),其中任一者可以被配置为从光源332接收光且选择性地传送所接收光的子集。适合于本文公开的任何光学设备(包括光学设备1350)的一个示例性DMD是DLP-9000(TexasInstruments:德州仪器)。或者,结构光调制器1330可包含产生其自身光(且因此不需要光源1332)的装置,例如有机发光二极管显示器(OLED),硅基液晶(LCOS)装置、硅装置上的铁电液晶(FLOS)、或透射式液晶显示器(LCD)。结构光调制器1330可以是例如投影仪。因此,结构光调制器1330能够发射结构光和非结构光两者。In some embodiments, the structured light modulator 1330 may include a digital mirror device (DMD) or a micro-gate array system (MSA), either of which can be configured to receive light from the light source 332 and selectively transmit a subset of the received light. An exemplary DMD suitable for any of the optical devices disclosed herein (including the optical device 1350) is the DLP-9000 (Texas Instruments). Alternatively, the structured light modulator 1330 may include a device that generates its own light (and therefore does not require the light source 1332), such as an organic light emitting diode display (OLED), a liquid crystal on silicon (LCOS) device, a ferroelectric liquid crystal on silicon (FLOS) device, or a transmissive liquid crystal display (LCD). The structured light modulator 1330 may be, for example, a projector. Thus, the structured light modulator 1330 is capable of emitting both structured and unstructured light.
在一些实施方式中,结构光调制器1330可以被配置为调制从第一光源1332接收的光束且发送多个为结构光束的照明光束。所述结构光束可以包括所述多个照明光束。多个照明光束可选择性地激活以产生多个照明图案。在一些实施方式中,结构光调制器1330可以被配置为产生可移动及调整的照明图案。光学设备1350还可以包括控制单元(未示出),该控制单元被配置为调整照明图案以选择性地激活多个DEP电极中的一个或多个并且生成DEP力以移动多个隔离坞1226内部的一个或多个微物体。In some embodiments, the structured light modulator 1330 can be configured to modulate the light beam received from the first light source 1332 and transmit a plurality of illumination light beams as structured beams. The structured light beams can include the plurality of illumination light beams. The plurality of illumination light beams can be selectively activated to generate a plurality of illumination patterns. In some embodiments, the structured light modulator 1330 can be configured to generate a movable and adjustable illumination pattern. The optical device 1350 can further include a control unit (not shown) configured to adjust the illumination pattern to selectively activate one or more of the plurality of DEP electrodes and generate a DEP force to move one or more micro-objects within the plurality of isolation docks 1226.
例如,可以以被控制的方式随时间调整多个照明图案,以操纵微流体设备1320中的微物体。例如,多个照明图案中的每一个可以被移位以移动所生成的DEP力的位置并且将结构光从一个位置移动到另一个位置,以便移动微流体设备1320的外壳内的微物体。For example, multiple illumination patterns can be adjusted over time in a controlled manner to manipulate micro-objects in the microfluidic device 1320. For example, each of the multiple illumination patterns can be shifted to move the location of the generated DEP force and move the structured light from one location to another to move the micro-objects within the housing of the microfluidic device 1320.
参考图4A,在一些实施方式中,光学设备1350被配置为使得视场内的多个隔离坞1226中的每一者同时聚焦于图像传感器1348和结构光调制器1330。例如,光学设备1350可以具有共焦配置或共焦性质。光学设备1350还可以被配置为使得仅在视场内的流动区域的内部区域和/或多个隔离坞1226中的每一个被成像到图像传感器1348上,以便减少总体噪声以增加图像的对比度和分辨率。4A , in some embodiments, the optical device 1350 is configured so that each of the plurality of isolated docks 1226 within the field of view is simultaneously focused on the image sensor 1348 and the structured light modulator 1330. For example, the optical device 1350 can have a confocal configuration or confocal properties. The optical device 1350 can also be configured so that only the interior area of the flow region within the field of view and/or each of the plurality of isolated docks 1226 is imaged onto the image sensor 1348 to reduce overall noise and increase image contrast and resolution.
举例来说,结构光调制器1330可位于图像传感器1348的共轭平面处。结构光调制器1330可以接收来自第一光源1332的非结构光束并且调制光束以生成多个照明光束,该多个照明光束是结构光束。结构光调制器的有效面积可以是至少10m×10mm(例如,至少10.5mm×10.5mm、11mm×11mm、11.5mm×11.5mm、12mm×12mm、12.5mm×12.5mm、13mm×13mm、13.5mm×13.5mm、14mm×14mm、14.5mm×14.5mm、15mm×15mm或更大)。第一镜筒透镜1381可具有大的通光孔径,例如大于40mm、41mm、42mm、43mm、44mm、45mm、46mm、47mm、48mm、49mm、50mm的直径,因此,第一镜筒透镜1381可具有足够大的孔径以捕获从结构光调制器发出的所有(或基本上所有)的光束。For example, the structured light modulator 1330 may be located at a conjugate plane of the image sensor 1348. The structured light modulator 1330 may receive an unstructured light beam from the first light source 1332 and modulate the light beam to generate a plurality of illumination light beams, which are structured light beams. The effective area of the structured light modulator may be at least 10 mm × 10 mm (e.g., at least 10.5 mm × 10.5 mm, 11 mm × 11 mm, 11.5 mm × 11.5 mm, 12 mm × 12 mm, 12.5 mm × 12.5 mm, 13 mm × 13 mm, 13.5 mm × 13.5 mm, 14 mm × 14 mm, 14.5 mm × 14.5 mm, 15 mm × 15 mm, or larger). The first tube lens 1381 may have a large clear aperture, for example, a diameter greater than 40 mm, 41 mm, 42 mm, 43 mm, 44 mm, 45 mm, 46 mm, 47 mm, 48 mm, 49 mm, or 50 mm, and thus, the first tube lens 1381 may have an aperture large enough to capture all (or substantially all) of the light beams emitted from the structured light modulator.
图4C说明图4A中的光学设备1350的第一镜筒透镜1381被配置为捕获来自结构光调制器1330的所有光束。结构光调制器1330可以具有多个反射镜。多个反射镜中的每一个反射镜的尺寸可以为5微米×5微米、6微米×6微米、7微米×7微米、8微米×8微米、9微米×9微米、10微米×10微米、或它们之间的任何值。结构光调制器1330可以包括镜(或像素)阵列,所述镜阵列是2000×1000、2580×1600、3000×2000或它们之间的任何值。对于7.6微米×7.6微米的镜尺寸,结构光调制器1330可具有15.2mm×7.6mm、19.6mm×12.2mm、22.8mm×15.2mm或它们之间的任何值的尺寸。如图4C所示,在一些实施方式中,仅使用结构光调制器1330的照明区域1330a的一部分。举例来说,使用结构光调制器1330的照明区域1330a的50%、60%、80%或它们之间的任何值。第一镜筒透镜1381可以被配置为具有大于结构光调制器1330的照明区域1330a的大视场1381a。第一镜筒透镜1381可以被配置为捕获来自结构光调制器1330的所有光束。FIG4C illustrates that the first tube lens 1381 of the optical device 1350 in FIG4A is configured to capture all light beams from the structured light modulator 1330. The structured light modulator 1330 may have a plurality of mirrors. Each of the plurality of mirrors may have a size of 5 microns by 5 microns, 6 microns by 6 microns, 7 microns by 7 microns, 8 microns by 8 microns, 9 microns by 9 microns, 10 microns by 10 microns, or any value therebetween. The structured light modulator 1330 may include a mirror (or pixel) array that is 2000×1000, 2580×1600, 3000×2000, or any value therebetween. For a mirror size of 7.6 microns by 7.6 microns, the structured light modulator 1330 may have a size of 15.2 mm by 7.6 mm, 19.6 mm by 12.2 mm, 22.8 mm by 15.2 mm, or any value therebetween. As shown in FIG4C , in some embodiments, only a portion of the illumination area 1330a of the structured light modulator 1330 is used. For example, 50%, 60%, 80%, or any value therebetween of the illumination area 1330a of the structured light modulator 1330 is used. The first tube lens 1381 can be configured to have a large field of view 1381a that is larger than the illumination area 1330a of the structured light modulator 1330. The first tube lens 1381 can be configured to capture all light beams from the structured light modulator 1330.
参考图4A,在一些实施方式中,第一镜筒透镜1381可以被配置为产生准直光束且将准直的光束发送到物镜1340。物镜1340可以接收来自第一镜筒透镜1381的准直光束并且将准直光束聚焦到流动区域的每个内部区域中,并且多个隔离坞1226中的每一个在图像传感器1348或光学设备1350的视场内。在一些实施方式中,第一镜筒透镜1381可以被配置为产生多个准直光束且将所述多个准直光束发送到物镜1340。物镜1340可以接收来自第一镜筒透镜1381的多个准直光束并且将多个准直光束聚焦到图像传感器1348或光学设备1350的视场内的多个隔离坞1226中的每一个中。4A , in some embodiments, the first tube lens 1381 can be configured to generate a collimated light beam and send the collimated light beam to the objective lens 1340. The objective lens 1340 can receive the collimated light beam from the first tube lens 1381 and focus the collimated light beam into each interior region of the flow region, and each of the plurality of isolated docks 1226 within the field of view of the image sensor 1348 or the optical device 1350. In some embodiments, the first tube lens 1381 can be configured to generate a plurality of collimated light beams and send the plurality of collimated light beams to the objective lens 1340. The objective lens 1340 can receive the plurality of collimated light beams from the first tube lens 1381 and focus the plurality of collimated light beams into each of the plurality of isolated docks 1226 within the field of view of the image sensor 1348 or the optical device 1350.
在一些实施方式中,光学设备1350可以被配置为利用多个照明点照亮隔离坞的至少一部分。物镜1340可以接收来自第一镜筒透镜1381的多个准直光束,并且将多个照明点投射到视场内的多个隔离坞1226中的每一个中。举例来说,所述多个照明点中的每一个可具有约10微米×30微米、30微米×60微米、60微米×120微米、80微米×100微米、100微米×140微米及它们之间的任何值的大小。例如,多个照明点中的每一个可以具有约4000到约10000、5000到约15000、7000到约20000、8000到约22000、10000到约25000平方微米的区域和它们之间的任何值。In some embodiments, the optical device 1350 can be configured to illuminate at least a portion of the isolation dock with a plurality of illumination points. The objective lens 1340 can receive the plurality of collimated light beams from the first tube lens 1381 and project the plurality of illumination points onto each of the plurality of isolation docks 1226 within the field of view. For example, each of the plurality of illumination points can have a size of approximately 10 microns by 30 microns, 30 microns by 60 microns, 60 microns by 120 microns, 80 microns by 100 microns, 100 microns by 140 microns, and any values therebetween. For example, each of the plurality of illumination points can have an area of approximately 4,000 to approximately 10,000, 5,000 to approximately 15,000, 7,000 to approximately 20,000, 8,000 to approximately 22,000, 10,000 to approximately 25,000 square microns, and any values therebetween.
在一些实施方式中,光学设备1350可以被配置为执行共焦成像。举例来说,结构光调制器1330可以被配置为产生可扫描穿过视场内的多个隔离坞1226的薄带,以减少离焦光从而减少总体噪声。另一个例子是,结构光调制器1330可以被配置为在衍射极限内生成多个照明点。另一个例子是,结构光调制器1330可以被配置为沿着光学设备1350的光轴移动以获得沿着光轴的多个图像,沿着光轴的多个图像可以被组合以重构微流体设备1320中的多个隔离坞1226中的微物体的三维图像。In some embodiments, the optical device 1350 can be configured to perform confocal imaging. For example, the structured light modulator 1330 can be configured to generate a thin strip that can be scanned across the plurality of isolated docks 1226 within the field of view to reduce out-of-focus light and thereby reduce overall noise. As another example, the structured light modulator 1330 can be configured to generate multiple illumination points within the diffraction limit. As another example, the structured light modulator 1330 can be configured to move along the optical axis of the optical device 1350 to obtain multiple images along the optical axis, and the multiple images along the optical axis can be combined to reconstruct a three-dimensional image of the micro-objects in the plurality of isolated docks 1226 in the microfluidic device 1320.
第二镜筒透镜1382位于设备1350成像路径中的物镜1340与图像传感器1348之间。物镜1340被配置为使得从物镜1340的后孔射出的光聚焦到无限远,且第二镜筒透镜1382被配置为在镜筒透镜1382的焦平面处形成多个隔离坞1226中的微物体的图像。离开无限远聚焦物镜1340的光束可以被配置为被准直,使得分束器1338和其他组件可容易地引入到光学设备1350的成像路径中,而不引入球面像差或修改物镜1340的工作距离。A second tube lens 1382 is positioned between the objective lens 1340 and the image sensor 1348 in the imaging path of the device 1350. The objective lens 1340 is configured to focus light emitted from a back aperture of the objective lens 1340 to infinity, and the second tube lens 1382 is configured to form an image of the micro-objects in the plurality of isolation docks 1226 at the focal plane of the tube lens 1382. The light beam exiting the infinity-focusing objective lens 1340 can be configured to be collimated so that the beam splitter 1338 and other components can be easily introduced into the imaging path of the optical device 1350 without introducing spherical aberration or modifying the working distance of the objective lens 1340.
在一些实施方式中,光学设备1350还可以包括巢1300。巢1300可以被配置为保持微流体设备1320且提供与外壳的电连接。巢1300可与光学设备1350集成且为设备1350的一部分。巢1300还可以被配置为提供与外壳的流体连接。用户可以仅将微流体设备1320装载到巢1300中。在一些其他实施方式中,巢1300可为独立于光学设备1350的单独组件。In some embodiments, optical device 1350 may further include nest 1300. Nest 1300 may be configured to hold microfluidic device 1320 and provide electrical connections to the housing. Nest 1300 may be integrated with optical device 1350 and be part of device 1350. Nest 1300 may also be configured to provide fluidic connections to the housing. A user may simply load microfluidic device 1320 into nest 1300. In some other embodiments, nest 1300 may be a separate component from optical device 1350.
图5A示出了在一些其他实施方式中可在光学设备5350和光致动的微流体设备中使用的多个光源。如上文所论述,可使用多种光源作为第一光源5332,从而将结构光提供到DMD镜筒透镜5460。在一些实施方式中,第一光源5332可以是发光二极管(LED)。光源5332可发射具有宽光谱的光波长的光505,其在照射DMD5440时将结构光515提供到DMD折叠镜5336,所述DMD折叠镜5336可为二向色折叠镜。DMD折叠反射镜5336将结构光515重新朝向DMD镜筒透镜5460。在一些实施方式中,光学设备还可以包括第二光源5334,该第二光源5334被配置为提供非结构亮场照明525穿过DMD折叠反射镜5336而到达DMD镜筒透镜5460。在一些其他实施方式中,光学设备还可以包括第三光源5335,例如激光光源,提供光照明535,所述光照明535可以被配置为加热微流体设备中的多个隔离坞。如针对图5A中的多个光源配置的,图5B说明的光透射穿过二向色折叠镜5336的示例。FIG5A illustrates multiple light sources that can be used in an optical device 5350 and a light-actuated microfluidic device in some other embodiments. As discussed above, a variety of light sources can be used as a first light source 5332 to provide structured light to a DMD tube lens 5460. In some embodiments, the first light source 5332 can be a light-emitting diode (LED). The light source 5332 can emit light 505 having a broad spectrum of wavelengths, which, when illuminating the DMD 5440, provides structured light 515 to a DMD fold mirror 5336, which can be a dichroic fold mirror. The DMD fold mirror 5336 redirects the structured light 515 toward the DMD tube lens 5460. In some embodiments, the optical device can also include a second light source 5334 configured to provide unstructured brightfield illumination 525 through the DMD fold mirror 5336 to the DMD tube lens 5460. In some other embodiments, the optical device may further include a third light source 5335, such as a laser light source, providing light illumination 535, which may be configured to heat the plurality of isolated docks in the microfluidic device. FIG5B illustrates an example of light being transmitted through a dichroic folding mirror 5336, as for the plurality of light sources configured in FIG5A.
从DMD5440到达的结构光515可以具有从约400nm到约710nm的波长,并且可以用于在穿过DMD镜筒透镜5460后到达如本文所述的微流体装置内的DEP或OEW结构的光激活的任何微流体装置。具有约400nm到约710nm的波长的结构光515另外地或额外地将荧光激发照明提供到微流体装置。在一些实施方式中,结构光515可以具有约400nm至约650nm、约400nm至约600nm、约400nm至约550nm、约400nm至约500nm、约450nm至约710nm的波长、约450nm至约600nm、或约450nm至约550nm。The structured light 515 arriving from the DMD 5440 can have a wavelength of from about 400 nm to about 710 nm and can be used in any microfluidic device for photoactivation of a DEP or OEW structure within a microfluidic device as described herein after passing through the DMD tube lens 5460. The structured light 515 having a wavelength of from about 400 nm to about 710 nm can additionally or alternatively provide fluorescence excitation illumination to the microfluidic device. In some embodiments, the structured light 515 can have a wavelength of from about 400 nm to about 650 nm, from about 400 nm to about 600 nm, from about 400 nm to about 550 nm, from about 400 nm to about 500 nm, from about 450 nm to about 710 nm, from about 450 nm to about 600 nm, or from about 450 nm to about 550 nm.
非结构亮场照明525从第二光源5334到达DMD折叠镜5336且在照射在反射镜上之前可以以基本上(例如,在约10%内)相同波长和/或以基本上(例如,在约10%内)相同强度穿过镜5336。或者,反射镜5336可以折叠以允许亮场照明525通过、进入镜筒透镜5460并进一步行进以进入微流体装置,微流体装置可以是如本文所述的任何微流体装置。亮场照明光525可以具有任何合适的波长,并且在一些实施方式中,可以具有约400nm至约760nm的波长。在一些实施方式中,亮场照明光525可具有大于约5336nm且小于约760nm、大于约600nm且小于约750nm或约650nm且小于约750nm的波长。在一些实施方式中,亮场照明光可具有约700nm、约710nm、约720nm、约730nm、约740nm或约750nm的波长。Unstructured brightfield illumination 525 from second light source 5334 reaches DMD fold mirror 5336 and can pass through mirror 5336 at substantially (e.g., within about 10%) the same wavelength and/or at substantially (e.g., within about 10%) the same intensity before impinging on the mirror. Alternatively, mirror 5336 can be folded to allow brightfield illumination 525 to pass through, enter tube lens 5460, and further travel to enter the microfluidic device, which can be any microfluidic device as described herein. Brightfield illumination light 525 can have any suitable wavelength, and in some embodiments, can have a wavelength of about 400 nm to about 760 nm. In some embodiments, brightfield illumination light 525 can have a wavelength greater than about 5336 nm and less than about 760 nm, greater than about 600 nm and less than about 750 nm, or about 650 nm and less than about 750 nm. In some embodiments, the bright field illumination light can have a wavelength of about 700 nm, about 710 nm, about 720 nm, about 730 nm, about 740 nm, or about 750 nm.
第三照明光535可以穿过DMD反射镜5336,或DMD反射镜5336可以折叠以允许照明光535穿过并进入镜筒透镜5460,并且进一步行进到微流体装置,其可以是如本文所述的任何微流体装置。第三照明光535可以是激光,可以被配置为加热微流体装置内的一个或多个隔离坞的部分。激光照射535可以被配置为加热流体介质、微物体、隔离坞的壁或隔离坞的壁的一部分、设置在微流体通道的微流体通道或隔离坞内的金属靶,或微流体装置内的光可逆物理屏障。在其他实施方式中,激光照射535可以被配置为引发微流体装置的修饰表面的表面修饰部分的光致断裂或提供用于微流体装置内的隔离坞内的微物体的粘附功能的部分的光致断裂。激光照射535可以具有任何合适的波长。在一些实施方式中,激光照射535可以具有约350nm至约900nm、约370nm至约850nm、约390nm至约825nm、约400nm至约800nm、约450nm至约750nm的波长,或它们之间的任何值。在一些实施方式中,激光照射535可以具有约700nm、约710nm、约720nm、约730nm、约740nm、约760nm、约770nm、约780nm、约790nm、约800nm、约810nm或更大的波长The third illumination light 535 can pass through the DMD mirror 5336, or the DMD mirror 5336 can be folded to allow the illumination light 535 to pass through and enter the tube lens 5460 and further travel to the microfluidic device, which can be any microfluidic device as described herein. The third illumination light 535 can be a laser and can be configured to heat a portion of one or more isolation docks within the microfluidic device. The laser irradiation 535 can be configured to heat a fluid medium, a microobject, a wall of an isolation dock or a portion of a wall of an isolation dock, a metal target disposed within a microfluidic channel or isolation dock of a microfluidic channel, or a photoreversible physical barrier within the microfluidic device. In other embodiments, the laser irradiation 535 can be configured to induce photofragmentation of a surface modified portion of a modified surface of a microfluidic device or photofragmentation of a portion that provides adhesion functionality for microobjects within an isolation dock within a microfluidic device. The laser irradiation 535 can have any suitable wavelength. In some embodiments, the laser irradiation 535 can have a wavelength of about 350 nm to about 900 nm, about 370 nm to about 850 nm, about 390 nm to about 825 nm, about 400 nm to about 800 nm, about 450 nm to about 750 nm, or any value therebetween. In some embodiments, the laser irradiation 535 can have a wavelength of about 700 nm, about 710 nm, about 720 nm, about 730 nm, about 740 nm, about 760 nm, about 770 nm, about 780 nm, about 790 nm, about 800 nm, about 810 nm, or greater.
图5C是包括光学设备5350的系统5000的示意图,该光学设备5350包括第一光源5335、第二光源5334和第三光源5332。第一光源5335可将光发送到结构光调制器5330,所述结构光调制器可包含数字镜装置(DMD)或微光闸阵列系统(MSA),其中任一者可以被配置为从第一光源5335接收光且选择性地将所接收光的子集发送到光学设备5350中。或者,结构光调制器5330可包含产生其自身光(且因此无需光源5335)的装置,例如有机发光二极管显示器(OLED)、硅基液晶(LCOS)装置、硅装置上的铁电液晶(FLOS)或透射式液晶显示器(LCD)。结构光调制器5330可为例如投影仪。因此,结构光调制器5330能够发射结构光和非结构光两者。在某些实施方式中,系统的成像模块和/或运动模块可控制结构光调制器5330。结构光调制器5330可将光的子集传输到第一个二向色分束器5338,所述第一个二向色分束器5338可将此光反射到第一镜筒透镜5381。FIG5C is a schematic diagram of a system 5000 including an optical device 5350, which includes a first light source 5335, a second light source 5334, and a third light source 5332. The first light source 5335 can transmit light to a structured light modulator 5330, which can include a digital mirror device (DMD) or a micro-gate array system (MSA), either of which can be configured to receive light from the first light source 5335 and selectively transmit a subset of the received light to the optical device 5350. Alternatively, the structured light modulator 5330 can include a device that generates its own light (and thus does not require a light source 5335), such as an organic light-emitting diode display (OLED), a liquid crystal on silicon (LCOS) device, a ferroelectric liquid crystal on silicon (FLOS) device, or a transmissive liquid crystal display (LCD). The structured light modulator 5330 can be, for example, a projector. Thus, the structured light modulator 5330 is capable of emitting both structured and unstructured light. In certain embodiments, the imaging module and/or motion module of the system can control the structured light modulator 5330. The structured light modulator 5330 can transmit a subset of the light to a first dichroic beam splitter 5338 , which can reflect the light to a first tube lens 5381 .
第二光源5334可将光发送到第二个二向色分束器5336,所述第二个二向色分束器5336还从第三光源5332接收光。第三光源5332可以穿过配对中继透镜5001而将光传输到反射镜5003。另外,分束器5338可接收来自第三光源5332和第二光源5334的光并将其传输到第一镜筒透镜5381。来自第一光源、第二光源和第三光源的光穿过第一镜筒透镜5381,并且被传输到第三个二向色分束器5339和滤光器转换器5005。第三个二向色分束器可以反射一部分光并且将光穿过滤光器转换器5005中的一个或多个滤光器传输到物镜5340,该物镜5340可以是具有可以按需切换的多个不同物镜的物镜转换器。一些光可穿过第三个二向色分束器5339且被光束块5007终止或吸收。从第三个二向色分束器5339反射的光穿过物镜5340以照射样本平面5320,所述样本平面5320可为微流体装置,例如本文中所描述的隔离坞的一部分。组合光可以用于照射、加热和/或激发样本平面5320中的样本。光可以从样本平面5320反射和/或发射,以穿过物镜转换器5340、穿过滤光器转换器5005并穿过第三个二向色分束器5339返回到第二镜筒透镜5382。光可穿过第二镜筒透镜5382(或成像镜筒透镜5382)并从反射镜5015反射到成像传感器5348。杂散光挡板5009、5011和5013可放置在第一镜筒透镜5381与第三个二向色分束器5339之间、第三个二向色分束器5339与第二镜筒透镜5382之间,以及在第二镜筒透镜5382和成像传感器5348之间。Second light source 5334 can send light to second dichroic beam splitter 5336, which also receives light from third light source 5332. Third light source 5332 can transmit light to reflector 5003 through paired relay lens 5001. Additionally, beam splitter 5338 can receive light from third light source 5332 and second light source 5334 and transmit it to first tube lens 5381. Light from the first, second, and third light sources passes through first tube lens 5381 and is transmitted to third dichroic beam splitter 5339 and filter switch 5005. The third dichroic beam splitter can reflect a portion of the light and transmit it through one or more filters in filter switch 5005 to objective lens 5340, which can be a nosepiece having multiple different objective lenses that can be switched as needed. Some light can pass through third dichroic beam splitter 5339 and be terminated or absorbed by beam block 5007. Light reflected from third dichroic beam splitter 5339 passes through objective lens 5340 to illuminate sample plane 5320, which can be a microfluidic device, such as part of an isolation dock as described herein. The combined light can be used to illuminate, heat, and/or excite the sample in sample plane 5320. Light can be reflected and/or emitted from sample plane 5320 to pass through nosepiece 5340, through filter changer 5005, and through third dichroic beam splitter 5339 back to second tube lens 5382. The light can pass through second tube lens 5382 (or imaging tube lens 5382) and reflect from mirror 5015 to imaging sensor 5348. Stray light baffles 5009 , 5011 , and 5013 may be placed between the first tube lens 5381 and the third dichroic beam splitter 5339 , between the third dichroic beam splitter 5339 and the second tube lens 5382 , and between the second tube lens 5382 and the imaging sensor 5348 .
图6A是本公开的一些其他实施方式的包括具有激发滤光器2346a和发射滤光器2346b的光学设备2350的系统2000的示意图。激励滤光器和发射滤光器可以被插入到光学设备2350的光路中。第一镜筒透镜2381、第二镜筒透镜2382和物镜2340形成经无限大校正的光学配置,使得分束器2338、激发滤光器2346A和发射滤光器2346B可以容易地引入到光学设备2350的光学路径中,而不引入球面像差。6A is a schematic diagram of a system 2000 including an optical device 2350 having an excitation filter 2346a and an emission filter 2346b according to some other embodiments of the present disclosure. The excitation filter and the emission filter can be inserted into the optical path of the optical device 2350. The first tube lens 2381, the second tube lens 2382, and the objective lens 2340 form an infinity-corrected optical configuration such that the beam splitter 2338, the excitation filter 2346A, and the emission filter 2346B can be easily introduced into the optical path of the optical device 2350 without introducing spherical aberration.
图6B是本公开的一些其他实施方式的包括光学设备3350的系统3000的示意图,其中分束器3338被配置为反射来自第一光源3332的光束。如图4A和图6B中所示,分束器可以被配置为透射或反射来自第一光源的光束,且分别反射或透射来自物镜的光束。6B is a schematic diagram of a system 3000 including an optical device 3350 according to some other embodiments of the present disclosure, wherein a beam splitter 3338 is configured to reflect a light beam from a first light source 3332. As shown in FIG4A and FIG6B , the beam splitter can be configured to transmit or reflect the light beam from the first light source and to reflect or transmit the light beam from the objective lens, respectively.
返回参考图4A,光学设备可以包括物镜1340,物镜1340被具体设计和配置用于观察和操纵在微流体设备1320中的微物体。例如,常规的显微镜物镜被设计成观察载玻片上的或全长5mm的水性流体的微物体。微流体设备1320中的微物体在多个隔离坞1226内部,所述多个隔离坞1226具有20、30、40、50、60、70、80微米或它们之间的任何值的深度。在一些实施方式中,透明盖1320a,例如具有约750微米厚度的玻璃或ITO盖可放置在多个隔离坞1226的顶部上。因此,通过使用常规显微镜物镜获得的微物体的图像可能具有大的像差,例如球面像差和色差,这会降低图像的质量。光学设备1350的物镜1340可以被配置为校正光学设备1350中的球面像差和色差。Referring back to FIG4A , the optical device may include an objective lens 1340 specifically designed and configured for observing and manipulating micro-objects within the microfluidic device 1320. For example, a conventional microscope objective lens is designed to observe micro-objects on a glass slide or in an aqueous fluid with a total length of 5 mm. The micro-objects within the microfluidic device 1320 are within a plurality of isolation docks 1226 having a depth of 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80 microns, or any value therebetween. In some embodiments, a transparent cover 1320a, such as a glass or ITO cover having a thickness of approximately 750 microns, may be placed on top of the plurality of isolation docks 1226. Therefore, images of the micro-objects obtained using a conventional microscope objective lens may have large aberrations, such as spherical aberration and chromatic aberration, which may reduce the quality of the image. The objective lens 1340 of the optical device 1350 may be configured to correct for spherical aberration and chromatic aberration in the optical device 1350.
图6C是本公开的另外一些其他实施方式的包括具有校正透镜4340b的光学设备4350以补偿来自物镜4340的像差的系统4000的示意图。物镜4340可以是常规显微镜物镜,例如具有来自Olympus(奥林巴斯)或Nikon(尼康)的放大率4X、10X、20X等的物镜。由于光学设计的复杂性,重新设计显微镜物镜可能是非常有挑战性和昂贵的。在一些实施方式中,校正透镜4340b可用于对由使用常规显微镜物镜4340产生的残余像差补偿、校正和最小化。例如,校正透镜4340b可以被插入物镜4340和分束器1338之间。再例如,校正透镜可插入物镜与微流体装置之间。在一些其他实施方式中,第一镜筒透镜和第二镜筒透镜可以被配置为使常规显微镜物镜的残余像差最小化。Fig. 6 C is the schematic diagram of the system 4000 that comprises the optical device 4350 with correction lens 4340b to compensate for the aberration from object lens 4340 of some other embodiments of the present disclosure.Object lens 4340 can be a conventional microscope objective lens, for example, has the objective lens of magnification 4X, 10X, 20X etc. from Olympus (Olympus) or Nikon (Nikon).Due to the complexity of optical design, redesigning microscope objective lens may be very challenging and expensive.In some embodiments, correction lens 4340b can be used for compensating, correcting and minimizing the residual aberration produced by using conventional microscope objective lens 4340.For example, correction lens 4340b can be inserted between object lens 4340 and beam splitter 1338.For another example, correction lens can be inserted between object lens and microfluidic device.In some other embodiments, the first tube lens and the second tube lens can be configured to minimize the residual aberration of conventional microscope objective lens.
再次参考图4A,由于可用空间的限制,用于成像和操纵微物体的系统1000的光学设备1350通常具有机械约束制。光学设备1350的镜筒透镜1381、1382必须被具体设计和配置为满足机械和光学要求。在一些实施方式中,第一镜筒透镜可以具有约155mm或约162mm的焦距,并且第二镜筒透镜可以具有约180mm的焦距。在一些其他实施方式中,第一镜筒透镜可具有约180mm的焦距且第二镜筒透镜可具有约200mm的焦距。Referring again to FIG4A , due to the limitations of available space, the optical device 1350 of the system 1000 for imaging and manipulating micro-objects is typically mechanically constrained. The tube lenses 1381, 1382 of the optical device 1350 must be specifically designed and configured to meet mechanical and optical requirements. In some embodiments, the first tube lens can have a focal length of approximately 155 mm or approximately 162 mm, and the second tube lens can have a focal length of approximately 180 mm. In some other embodiments, the first tube lens can have a focal length of approximately 180 mm and the second tube lens can have a focal length of approximately 200 mm.
光学设备1350的镜筒透镜1381、1382的前焦点和后焦点的共轭不同于常规的镜筒透镜的设置。通常,对于常规的镜筒透镜,“后焦距(BFL)”和“前焦距(FFL)”大致相等。常规的镜筒透镜的前焦点和后焦点的共轭通常与镜筒透镜的中点等距地间隔开并且是对称的。然而,对于光学设备1350,物镜1340与第一镜筒透镜1381之间的“无限空间”必须被配置为满足机械限制。在一些实施方式中,“无限空间”必须被最大化。在一些实施方式中,“无限空间”必须被最小化。在一些实施方式中,对应于第一镜筒透镜1381的前焦点的共轭点必须尽可能远离镜筒透镜1381的边缘定位,以便具有可用的机械空间。在一些实施方式中,对应于第一镜筒透镜1381的后焦点的另一共轭点必须尽可能靠近镜筒透镜1381的边缘定位,以便使从镜筒透镜到结构光调制器的距离最小化。因此,镜筒透镜1381的BFL必须被设计或配置为最小化。在一些其他实施方式中,镜筒透镜1381的BFL必须被设计或被配置为最大化。The conjugates of the front and back focal points of the tube lenses 1381 and 1382 of the optical device 1350 differ from conventional tube lens arrangements. Typically, for conventional tube lenses, the back focal length (BFL) and front focal length (FFL) are approximately equal. The conjugates of the front and back focal points of conventional tube lenses are typically symmetrical and equally spaced from the midpoint of the tube lens. However, for the optical device 1350, the "infinite space" between the objective lens 1340 and the first tube lens 1381 must be configured to meet mechanical constraints. In some embodiments, this "infinite space" must be maximized. In some embodiments, this "infinite space" must be minimized. In some embodiments, the conjugate point corresponding to the front focal point of the first tube lens 1381 must be positioned as far away from the edge of the tube lens 1381 as possible to ensure available mechanical space. In some embodiments, the other conjugate point corresponding to the back focal point of the first tube lens 1381 must be positioned as close to the edge of the tube lens 1381 as possible to minimize the distance from the tube lens to the structured light modulator. Therefore, the BFL of the tube lens 1381 must be designed or configured to be minimized. In some other embodiments, the BFL of the tube lens 1381 must be designed or configured to be maximized.
类似地,在一些实施方式中,物镜1340与第二镜筒透镜1382之间的“无限空间”必须被最大化。在一些其他实施方式中,物镜1340与第二镜筒透镜1382之间的“无限空间”必须被最小化。例如,如果第二镜筒透镜1382具有180mm的有效焦距(EFL),则在常规的镜筒透镜设计中,共轭是前焦点和后焦点,在两侧上距离镜筒透镜1382的中点的距离将是180mm。在光学设备1350中,为了使物镜1340与第二镜筒透镜1382之间的“无限空间”最大化,可将镜筒透镜1382的BFL配置或设计为最小化,并尽可能短。在一些其他实施方式中,镜筒透镜1382的BFL可以尽可能地被配置或设计为最大化。因此,光学设备1350的镜筒透镜381、1382的前焦点和后焦点的共轭不等距地与中点间隔开并且不对称。Similarly, in some embodiments, the "infinite space" between objective lens 1340 and second tube lens 1382 must be maximized. In other embodiments, the "infinite space" between objective lens 1340 and second tube lens 1382 must be minimized. For example, if second tube lens 1382 has an effective focal length (EFL) of 180 mm, then in a conventional tube lens design, the conjugates are the front and back focal points, and the distance from the midpoint of tube lens 1382 on either side would be 180 mm. In optical device 1350, to maximize the "infinite space" between objective lens 1340 and second tube lens 1382, the BFL of tube lens 1382 can be configured or designed to be minimized and as short as possible. In other embodiments, the BFL of tube lens 1382 can be configured or designed to be maximized as much as possible. Consequently, the conjugates of the front and back focal points of tube lenses 381, 1382 of optical device 1350 are not equidistant from the midpoint and are asymmetrical.
图7A是具有155mm的EFL的光学设备的镜筒透镜7381的光学示意图。目前没有市售的具有短于162mm的EFL的镜筒透镜。难以设计具有155mm的短EFL的镜筒透镜,因为穿过镜筒透镜的光束以较大角度弯曲,因此产生大的像差。必须特殊考虑以便最小化在镜筒透镜和物镜之间的“无限”的空间。所述镜筒透镜的前焦点和后焦点不与所述镜筒透镜的中点等距地间隔开并且不对称。镜筒长度的BFL被最小化。例如,在一些实施方式中,镜筒长度的BFL为约133mm、134mm、135mm或136mm。Fig. 7 A is the optical schematic diagram of the tube lens 7381 of the optical device with an EFL of 155mm.There is no commercially available tube lens with an EFL shorter than 162mm at present.It is difficult to design a tube lens with a short EFL of 155mm because the light beam passing through the tube lens is bent at a large angle, and therefore produces large aberrations.Special consideration must be given in order to minimize the "infinite" space between the tube lens and the object lens.The front focus and the back focus of the tube lens are not equidistantly spaced apart and asymmetric from the midpoint of the tube lens.The BFL of the tube length is minimized.For example, in some embodiments, the BFL of the tube length is about 133mm, 134mm, 135mm or 136mm.
例如,具有EFL155mm的镜筒透镜可以包括:第一表面,具有凸面形状和约91mm的正曲率半径;第二表面,具有凸面形状和约42mm的正曲率半径;第三表面,具有凹面形状和约-62mm的负曲率半径;以及第四表面,具有约-116mm的凹面形状和负曲率半径。镜筒透镜可具有直径大于44、45、46、47、48、49、50mm的通光孔径。例如,镜筒透镜可具有直径为约48mm的通光孔径。For example, a tube lens with an EFL of 155 mm may include: a first surface having a convex shape and a positive radius of curvature of approximately 91 mm; a second surface having a convex shape and a positive radius of curvature of approximately 42 mm; a third surface having a concave shape and a negative radius of curvature of approximately -62 mm; and a fourth surface having a concave shape and a negative radius of curvature of approximately -116 mm. The tube lens may have a clear aperture diameter greater than 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, or 50 mm. For example, the tube lens may have a clear aperture diameter of approximately 48 mm.
图7B是具有162mm的EFL的光学设备的镜筒透镜7831e的光学示意图。镜筒透镜可以包括:具有凸面形状和约95mm的正曲率半径的第一表面;具有凸面形状和约54mm的正曲率半径的第二表面;具有凹面形状和约-56mm的负曲率半径的第三表面;以及具有凹面形状和约-105mm的负曲率半径的第四表面。镜筒透镜具有直径大于44、45、46、47、48、49、50mm的通光孔径。例如,镜筒透镜可具有直径为约48mm的通光孔径。所述镜筒透镜的前焦点和后焦点不等距地与中点间隔开并且不对称。镜筒长度的BFL被最小化。例如,在一些实施方式中,镜筒长度的BFL为约144mm、145mm、146mm或147mm。Figure 7B is an optical schematic diagram of a tube lens 7831e of an optical device having an EFL of 162 mm. The tube lens may include: a first surface having a convex shape and a positive radius of curvature of approximately 95 mm; a second surface having a convex shape and a positive radius of curvature of approximately 54 mm; a third surface having a concave shape and a negative radius of curvature of approximately -56 mm; and a fourth surface having a concave shape and a negative radius of curvature of approximately -105 mm. The tube lens has a clear aperture diameter greater than 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, or 50 mm. For example, the tube lens may have a clear aperture diameter of approximately 48 mm. The front and rear focal points of the tube lens are unequally spaced from the midpoint and are asymmetrical. The BFL of the tube length is minimized. For example, in some embodiments, the BFL of the tube length is approximately 144 mm, 145 mm, 146 mm, or 147 mm.
图7C是具有180mm的EFL的光学设备的镜筒透镜7831的光学示意图。镜筒透镜可以包括:第一表面,具有凸面形状和约95mm的正曲率半径;第二表面,具有凸面形状和约64mm的正曲率半径;第三表面,具有凹面形状和约-60mm的负曲率半径;以及第四表面,具有凹面形状和约-126mm的负曲率半径的。镜筒透镜具有直径大于44、45、46、47、48、49、50mm的通光孔径。例如,镜筒透镜可具有直径为约48mm的通光孔径。所述镜筒透镜的前焦点和后焦点不等距地与中点间隔开并且不对称。镜筒长度的BFL被最小化。例如,在一些实施方式中,镜筒长度的BFL为161mm、162mm、163mm、164mm或165mm。Figure 7C is an optical schematic diagram of a tube lens 7831 of an optical device having an EFL of 180 mm. The tube lens may include: a first surface having a convex shape and a positive radius of curvature of approximately 95 mm; a second surface having a convex shape and a positive radius of curvature of approximately 64 mm; a third surface having a concave shape and a negative radius of curvature of approximately -60 mm; and a fourth surface having a concave shape and a negative radius of curvature of approximately -126 mm. The tube lens has a clear aperture diameter greater than 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, or 50 mm. For example, the tube lens may have a clear aperture diameter of approximately 48 mm. The front and rear focal points of the tube lens are unequally spaced from the midpoint and are asymmetrical. The BFL of the tube length is minimized. For example, in some embodiments, the BFL of the tube length is 161 mm, 162 mm, 163 mm, 164 mm, or 165 mm.
图7D是具有200mm的EFL的光学设备的镜筒透镜7381”’的光学示意图。镜筒透镜可以包括:第一表面,具有凸形形状和约160mm的正曲率半径;第二表面,具有凹形形状和约-62mm的负曲率半径;第三表面,具有凹面形状和约-80mm的负曲率半径;以及第四表面,具有凹面形状和约-109mm的负曲率半径。镜筒透镜具有直径大于44、45、46、47、48、49、50mm的通光孔径。例如,镜筒透镜可具有直径为约48mm的通光孔径。镜筒透镜的前焦点和后焦点不等距地与中点间隔开并且不对称。镜筒长度的BFL被最小化。例如,在一些实施方式中,镜筒长度的BFL为189mm、190mm、191mm或192mm。例如,镜筒长度的BFL可以是191.08mm。7D is an optical schematic of a tube lens 7381″′ of an optical device having an EFL of 200 mm. The tube lens may include: a first surface having a convex shape and a positive radius of curvature of approximately 160 mm; a second surface having a concave shape and a negative radius of curvature of approximately -62 mm; a third surface having a concave shape and a negative radius of curvature of approximately -80 mm; and a fourth surface having a concave shape and a negative radius of curvature of approximately -109 mm. The tube lens has a clear aperture having a diameter greater than 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50 mm. For example, the tube lens may have a clear aperture having a diameter of approximately 48 mm. The front and back focal points of the tube lens are not equidistant from the midpoint and are asymmetric. The BFL of the barrel length is minimized. For example, in some embodiments, the BFL of the barrel length is 189 mm, 190 mm, 191 mm, or 192 mm. For example, the BFL of the barrel length may be 191.08 mm.
表1总结了光学设备的镜筒透镜的BFL的示例。表2示出了具有155mm光学设备的EFL的镜筒透镜的透镜数据的示例。表3示出了具有162mm的光学设备的EFL的镜筒透镜的透镜数据的示例。表4示出了具有180mm的光学设备的EFL的镜筒透镜的透镜数据的示例。表5示出了具有200mm的光学设备的EFL的镜筒透镜的透镜数据的示例。Table 1 summarizes examples of BFLs for optical equipment tube lenses. Table 2 shows examples of lens data for a tube lens with an EFL of 155 mm for optical equipment. Table 3 shows examples of lens data for a tube lens with an EFL of 162 mm for optical equipment. Table 4 shows examples of lens data for a tube lens with an EFL of 180 mm for optical equipment. Table 5 shows examples of lens data for a tube lens with an EFL of 200 mm for optical equipment.
表1:光学设备的镜筒透镜的BFL的示例Table 1: Examples of BFLs of tube lenses of optical devices
表2:光学装置的EFL为155mm的镜筒透镜的示例Table 2: Example of an optical setup with a tube lens having an EFL of 155 mm
表3:光学装置的EFL为162mm的镜筒透镜的示例Table 3: Example of an optical setup with a tube lens having an EFL of 162 mm
表4:光学装置的EFL为180mm的镜筒透镜的示例Table 4: Examples of optical setups with tube lenses having an EFL of 180 mm
表5:具有200mm的EFL的光学装置的镜筒透镜的示例Table 5: Examples of tube lenses for an optical setup with an EFL of 200 mm
图8A说明可由光学系统8000使用的光学配置的另一实施方式。第一光源8332(即激光器)可以向透镜中继8001发射光。光可以穿过透镜中继到达第一反射镜8003,第一反射镜8003可以反射光穿过第一个二向色分束器8336。第一个二向色分束器8336还接收来自第二光源8334(即,亮场LED)的光并将该光与来自第一光源的光一起反射以穿过第二个二向色分束器8338。第二个二向色分束器8338还可从第三光源8335接收光,第三光源8335可首先将光发射到结构光调制器8330,所述结构光调制器可将光的全部或一部分反射到第二个二向色分束器8338。针对透镜中继8001的中间激光焦平面8017可以位于第一个二向色分束器8336和第二个二向色分束器8338之间。第二个二向色分束器反射来自第三光源8335的光并穿过来自第一光源8332和第二光源8334的光到达第一镜筒透镜8381。组合光穿过第一镜筒透镜8381到第一滤光器8346且接着穿过第三个二向色分束器8339,所述第三个二向色分束器8339可将光反射到物镜8340,物镜8340将光聚焦到样本平面8320上。样本平面8320被组合的光照射、加热和/或激发,并且可以响应于激发而发光,该光可以穿过物镜8340然后穿过第三个二向色分束器8339、穿过第二滤光器8347、穿过第二镜筒透镜8382,并到达成像传感器(即相机)。FIG8A illustrates another embodiment of an optical configuration that can be used with optical system 8000. A first light source 8332 (i.e., a laser) can transmit light to lens relay 8001. The light can pass through the lens relay to a first reflector 8003, which can reflect the light through a first dichroic beam splitter 8336. The first dichroic beam splitter 8336 also receives light from a second light source 8334 (i.e., a bright field LED) and reflects the light, along with the light from the first light source, through a second dichroic beam splitter 8338. The second dichroic beam splitter 8338 can also receive light from a third light source 8335, which can first transmit light to a structured light modulator 8330, which can reflect all or a portion of the light to the second dichroic beam splitter 8338. An intermediate laser focal plane 8017 for lens relay 8001 can be located between the first dichroic beam splitter 8336 and the second dichroic beam splitter 8338. The second dichroic beam splitter reflects light from the third light source 8335 and passes light from the first light source 8332 and the second light source 8334 to the first tube lens 8381. The combined light passes through the first tube lens 8381 to the first filter 8346 and then through the third dichroic beam splitter 8339, which can reflect the light to the objective 8340, which focuses the light onto the sample plane 8320. The sample plane 8320 is illuminated, heated, and/or excited by the combined light and can emit light in response to the excitation, which can pass through the objective 8340 and then through the third dichroic beam splitter 8339, through the second filter 8347, through the second tube lens 8382, and to the imaging sensor (i.e., camera).
图8B示出了说明可由光学系统8000’使用的光学配置的另一实施方式,光学系统8000’具有第一光源8332(即激光器)、第二光源8334(即亮场LED)和第三光源8335。第二光源8334可以向第一反射镜8003发射光,第一反射镜8003可以将光反射到第一个二向色分束器8336并穿过第一个二向色分束器8336。第一个二向色分束器8336还可从第三光源8335接收光,第三光源8335可首先将光发射到结构光调制器8330,所述结构光调制器可将光的全部或一部分反射到第一个二向色分束器8336。光被反射或透射穿过第一个二向色分束器8336到达第一滤光器8346,然后到达第二个二向色分束器8338,且将光反射到物镜8340。第一光源8332可以将光发射并穿过准直透镜8019,并到达第三个二向色分束器8339,第三个二向色分束器8339将光反射并穿过第二滤光器、穿过第二个二向色分束器8338、到达物镜8340。来自所有光源的组合光被物镜8340聚焦到样本平面上,样品可以发射光,该光可以在激发后返回穿过物镜8340、穿过第二个二向色分束器8338、穿过第二滤光器8347、穿过第三个二向色分束器8339、穿过第二镜筒透镜8382,并到达成像传感器8348(即相机)。FIG8B shows another embodiment of an optical configuration that can be used by an optical system 8000′ having a first light source 8332 (i.e., a laser), a second light source 8334 (i.e., a bright field LED), and a third light source 8335. The second light source 8334 can transmit light toward a first reflector 8003, which can reflect the light toward a first dichroic beam splitter 8336 and through the first dichroic beam splitter 8336. The first dichroic beam splitter 8336 can also receive light from a third light source 8335, which can first transmit light toward a structured light modulator 8330, which can reflect all or a portion of the light toward the first dichroic beam splitter 8336. The light is reflected or transmitted through the first dichroic beam splitter 8336 to a first filter 8346, and then to a second dichroic beam splitter 8338, which can reflect the light toward an objective lens 8340. The first light source 8332 can emit light and pass it through the collimating lens 8019 to the third dichroic beam splitter 8339. The third dichroic beam splitter 8339 reflects the light and passes it through the second filter, through the second dichroic beam splitter 8338, and reaches the objective lens 8340. The combined light from all light sources is focused by the objective lens 8340 onto the sample plane, and the sample can emit light, which can return after excitation through the objective lens 8340, through the second dichroic beam splitter 8338, through the second filter 8347, through the third dichroic beam splitter 8339, through the second tube lens 8382, and reach the imaging sensor 8348 (i.e., camera).
图8C说明可由光学系统8000”使用的光学配置的另一实施方式,光学系统8000”具有第一光源8332(即激光器)、第二光源8334(即亮场LED)和第三光源8335。第二光源8334可以向第一反射镜8003发射光,第一反射镜8003可以将光反射到第一个二向色分束器8336并穿过第一个二向色分束器8336。第一个二向色分束器8336还可从第三光源8335接收光,第三光源8335可首先将光发射到结构光调制器8330,所述结构光调制器可将光的全部或一部分反射到第一个二向色分束器8336。光被反射或透射穿过第一个二向色分束器8336、穿过第一管线8381、并穿过第二个二向色分束器8338。第二个二向色分束器8338还可以接收来自第一光源8332的光,该第一光源8332可以在从第二个二向色分束器8338反射之前首先穿过准直透镜8019发射光。穿过第二个二向色分束器8338反射和透射的光穿过第一滤光器8346透射到第三个二向色分束器8339,第三个二向色分束器8339将光反射到物镜8340,物镜8340将光聚焦到样本平面8320上。样本可以从激发发射光,并且还反射回穿过物镜8340、穿过第三个二向色分束器8339、穿过第二滤光器8347、穿过第二镜筒透镜8382的光,并到达成像传感器8348(即相机)。8C illustrates another embodiment of an optical configuration that can be used by an optical system 8000″ having a first light source 8332 (i.e., a laser), a second light source 8334 (i.e., a bright field LED), and a third light source 8335. The second light source 8334 can transmit light toward the first reflector 8003, which can reflect the light toward a first dichroic beam splitter 8336 and through the first dichroic beam splitter 8336. The first dichroic beam splitter 8336 can also receive light from the third light source 8335, which can first transmit light toward a structured light modulator 8330, which can reflect all or a portion of the light toward the first dichroic beam splitter 8336. The light is reflected or transmitted through the first dichroic beam splitter 8336, through the first pipeline 8381, and through the second dichroic beam splitter 8338. The second dichroic beam splitter 8338 can also receive light from the first light source 8332, which can first emit light through the collimating lens 8019 before reflecting from the second dichroic beam splitter 8338. Light reflected and transmitted through the second dichroic beam splitter 8338 is transmitted through the first filter 8346 to the third dichroic beam splitter 8339, which reflects the light to the objective 8340, which focuses the light onto the sample plane 8320. The sample can emit light from the excitation and also reflect light back through the objective 8340, through the third dichroic beam splitter 8339, through the second filter 8347, through the second tube lens 8382, and to the imaging sensor 8348 (i.e., camera).
图8D说明可由光学系统8000”’使用的光学配置的另一实施方式,光学系统8000”’具有第一光源8332(即激光器)、第二光源8334(即亮场LED)和第三光源8335。第二光源8334可以向第一反射镜8003发射光,第一反射镜8003可以将光反射到第一个二向色分束器8336并穿过第一个二向色分束器8336。第一个二向色分束器8336还可从第三光源8335接收光,第三光源8335可首先将光发射到结构光调制器8330,所述结构光调制器可将光的全部或一部分反射到第一个二向色分束器8336。光穿过第一个二向色分束器8336、穿过第一管线8381、穿过第一滤光器8346、到达第二个二向色分束器8338,第二个二向色分束器8338进行反射或透射,使光穿过第三个二向色分束器8339到达物镜8340。第一光源8332可以发射光穿过准直透镜8019,到达第三个二向色分束器8339,第三个二向色分束器8339可将光反射到物镜8340。组合光可以由物镜聚焦到样本平面8320上以照射、加热和/或激发样本。光可以被反射和发射回穿过物镜8340、穿过第三个二向色分束器8339、穿过第二个二向色分束器8338、穿过第二镜筒透镜8382、到达成像传感器8348(即相机)。8D illustrates another embodiment of an optical configuration that can be used by an optical system 8000′″ having a first light source 8332 (i.e., a laser), a second light source 8334 (i.e., a bright field LED), and a third light source 8335. The second light source 8334 can transmit light toward a first reflector 8003, which can reflect the light toward and through a first dichroic beam splitter 8336. The first dichroic beam splitter 8336 can also receive light from a third light source 8335, which can first transmit light toward a structured light modulator 8330, which can reflect all or a portion of the light toward the first dichroic beam splitter 8336. Light passes through a first dichroic beam splitter 8336, through a first line 8381, through a first filter 8346, and to a second dichroic beam splitter 8338. The second dichroic beam splitter 8338 reflects or transmits the light, allowing the light to pass through a third dichroic beam splitter 8339 and reach the objective lens 8340. The first light source 8332 can transmit light through a collimating lens 8019 and reach the third dichroic beam splitter 8339, which can reflect the light to the objective lens 8340. The combined light can be focused by the objective lens onto the sample plane 8320 to illuminate, heat, and/or excite the sample. The light can be reflected and transmitted back through the objective lens 8340, through the third dichroic beam splitter 8339, through the second dichroic beam splitter 8338, through the second tube lens 8382, and reach the imaging sensor 8348 (i.e., camera).
图9A和9B示出了可以结合到本文所描述的任何实施方式中的角成像技术的使用,也称为傅里叶叠层显微成像技术(FPM)。角成像技术可用于在不增加物镜的功率的情况下增加图像分辨率。例如,允许10X物镜来实现20X分辨率。FPM通过从多个不同角度拍摄多个相对低分辨率的图像来工作。使用在空间域和傅里叶域之间切换的迭代过程在计算上从多个图像生成更高分辨率的图像。Figures 9A and 9B illustrate the use of angular imaging techniques, also known as Fourier stack microscopy (FPM), that can be incorporated into any embodiment described herein. Angular imaging techniques can be used to increase image resolution without increasing the power of the objective lens. For example, a 10X objective lens can be used to achieve 20X resolution. FPM works by taking multiple relatively low-resolution images from multiple different angles. An iterative process that switches between the spatial domain and the Fourier domain is used to computationally generate a higher-resolution image from the multiple images.
在步骤1中,FPM方法在开始时取得初始低分辨率图像,将其指定为初始高分辨率图像,并将傅立叶变换应用于图像以在傅立叶域中创建宽谱。In step 1, the FPM method begins by taking an initial low-resolution image, designating it as the initial high-resolution image, and applying a Fourier transform to the image to create a broad spectrum in the Fourier domain.
在步骤2中,通过应用低通滤波器选择光谱的小的子区域,然后应用傅里叶变换以在空间域中生成新的低分辨率目标图像。低通滤波器形状是对应于物镜的相干传递函数的圆形光瞳。选择低通滤波器的位置以对应于正被处理的图像的照明角度。In step 2, a small sub-region of the spectrum is selected by applying a low-pass filter, and then a Fourier transform is applied to generate a new low-resolution target image in the spatial domain. The low-pass filter shape is a circular pupil corresponding to the coherence transfer function of the objective lens. The position of the low-pass filter is selected to correspond to the illumination angle of the image being processed.
在步骤3中,用在当前照明角度下获得的低分辨率测量结果的平方根来替换目标图像的振幅分量,以形成更新的低分辨率目标图像。将傅里叶变换应用于更新的低分辨率目标图像,其用于替换初始高分辨率傅里叶空间的对应子区域。In step 3, the amplitude component of the target image is replaced by the square root of the low-resolution measurement obtained at the current illumination angle to form an updated low-resolution target image. A Fourier transform is applied to the updated low-resolution target image, which is used to replace the corresponding subregion of the initial high-resolution Fourier space.
在步骤4中,针对其他子区域重复步骤2和3,确保子区域与相邻子区域重叠以确保聚焦,并且针对所有图像重复该过程。In step 4, steps 2 and 3 are repeated for other sub-regions, ensuring that the sub-regions overlap with adjacent sub-regions to ensure focus, and the process is repeated for all images.
在步骤5中,重复步骤2~4,直到在傅立叶空间中实现自洽解。然后应用傅里叶变换以使收敛的解回到空间域,该空间域是最终的高分辨率图像。In step 5, steps 2 to 4 are repeated until a self-consistent solution is achieved in Fourier space. A Fourier transform is then applied to bring the converged solution back to the spatial domain, which is the final high-resolution image.
图9A示出了包括结构光调制器9330、镜筒透镜9381、物镜9340和样本平面9320的光学链的简化部分。在图9A中,镜筒透镜9381与物镜9340之间的光被准直,且物镜9340接着将准直光聚焦到样本平面9320上。图9B说明在结构光调制器9330与镜筒透镜9381之间添加滑动透镜9001,其用于FPM。滑动透镜9001可被可滑动地插入并从光学链移除。在一些实施方式中,系统可具有一个或多个不同的滑动透镜9001,每个滑动透镜可滑动地插入和移除。在一些实施方式中,可调整滑动透镜的位置以从不同角度产生不同图像。滑动透镜的插入导致(i)从镜筒透镜9381行进到物镜9340的光到达镜筒透镜9381和物镜9340之间的焦点(而不是准直),以及(ii)从物镜9340行进到样本平面9320的光被准直而不是到达焦点。通过选择性地点亮结构光调制器9330的不同部分,撞击样本平面9320的光将以不同角度到达。接着如上文所描述组合用从若干角度到达的光照射的样本平面9320的图像以产生较高分辨率图像。可以将结构光调制器分成至少8个不同的部分(使得产生具有以不同角度到达样本平面的光的至少8个图像),以便实现更高的分辨率。将结构光调制器分成甚至更多的部分,例如12、16、20、24等,以产生不同的角度/图像将产生更好的分辨率。Figure 9A shows a simplified portion of an optical train including a structured light modulator 9330, a tube lens 9381, an objective lens 9340, and a sample plane 9320. In Figure 9A, light between the tube lens 9381 and the objective lens 9340 is collimated, and the objective lens 9340 then focuses the collimated light onto the sample plane 9320. Figure 9B illustrates the addition of a sliding lens 9001 between the structured light modulator 9330 and the tube lens 9381, which is used for FPM. The sliding lens 9001 can be slidably inserted and removed from the optical train. In some embodiments, the system can have one or more different sliding lenses 9001, each of which can be slidably inserted and removed. In some embodiments, the position of the sliding lens can be adjusted to produce different images from different angles. The insertion of the sliding lens causes (i) light traveling from the tube lens 9381 to the objective lens 9340 to arrive at a focal point between the tube lens 9381 and the objective lens 9340 (rather than being collimated), and (ii) light traveling from the objective lens 9340 to the sample plane 9320 to be collimated rather than arriving at a focal point. By selectively illuminating different portions of the structured light modulator 9330, light striking the sample plane 9320 will arrive at different angles. Images of the sample plane 9320 illuminated by light arriving from several angles are then combined as described above to produce a higher resolution image. The structured light modulator can be divided into at least eight different portions (so that at least eight images with light arriving at the sample plane at different angles are produced) to achieve higher resolution. Dividing the structured light modulator into even more portions, such as 12, 16, 20, 24, etc., to produce different angles/images will produce even better resolution.
该系统可以包括具有处理器和存储器的计算设备,被编程为执行上述FPM计算。The system may include a computing device having a processor and memory programmed to perform the FPM calculations described above.
本文公开了操纵样本的一个或多个微物体的方法的各种实施方式。所述方法可以包括将包含所述一个或多个微物体的样本加载到具有外壳的微流体装置中的步骤。例如,微流体装置可以包括衬底,该衬底具有表面和在表面和流动区域上的多个介电泳(DEP)电极以及多个隔离坞,多个隔离坞流体分别连接到流动区域。Various embodiments of methods for manipulating one or more micro-objects of a sample are disclosed herein. The methods may include loading a sample containing the one or more micro-objects into a microfluidic device having a housing. For example, the microfluidic device may include a substrate having a surface and a plurality of dielectrophoresis (DEP) electrodes on the surface and a flow region, and a plurality of isolated docks, each fluidically connected to the flow region.
该方法可以包括在微流体装置上施加电压电位的步骤。该方法可以包括通过使用光学设备选择性地激活与位于微流体装置内的至少一个微物体相邻的DEP力的步骤。The method may include the step of applying a voltage potential across the microfluidic device.The method may include the step of selectively activating a DEP force adjacent to at least one micro-object located within the microfluidic device using an optical device.
所述光学设备可用于将结构光投射到所述微流体装置的所述衬底的所述表面上的第一位置上,其中所述第一位置所述衬底的所述表面上的第二位置附近,所述第二位置位于所述至少一个微物体的下方。The optical apparatus may be configured to project structured light onto a first location on the surface of the substrate of the microfluidic device, wherein the first location is adjacent to a second location on the surface of the substrate, the second location being located below the at least one micro-object.
该光学设备可以包括第一光源、结构光调制器、第一镜筒透镜和第二镜筒透镜、物镜、二向色分束器和图像传感器。所述结构光调制器被配置为接收来自所述第一光源的非结构光并传输适于选择性地激活所述微流体装置的所述衬底的所述表面上的所述多个DEP电极中的一个或多个DEP电极的结构光。第一镜筒透镜被配置为从结构光调制器捕获结构光并将结构光透射到物镜。物镜被配置为接收从第一镜筒透镜透射的结构光并且将结构光投射在微流体装置的外壳内,并且其中物镜进一步被配置为接收从物镜的视场内的外壳的至少一部分内反射或发射的光。二向色分束器可以位于第一镜筒透镜和物镜之间,其中二向色分束器被配置为将从第一镜筒透镜接收的结构光透射到物镜并且将从物镜接收的光反射到第二镜筒透镜。第二镜筒透镜被配置为接收来自二向色分束器的反射光并且在图像传感器上透射反射光。图像传感器被配置为接收来自第二镜筒透镜的反射光并且在物镜的视场内记录外壳的至少一部分的图像。The optical device may include a first light source, a structured light modulator, a first and second tube lenses, an objective lens, a dichroic beam splitter, and an image sensor. The structured light modulator is configured to receive unstructured light from the first light source and transmit structured light suitable for selectively activating one or more of the plurality of DEP electrodes on the surface of the substrate of the microfluidic device. The first tube lens is configured to capture structured light from the structured light modulator and transmit the structured light to the objective lens. The objective lens is configured to receive the structured light transmitted from the first tube lens and project the structured light into a housing of the microfluidic device, and the objective lens is further configured to receive light reflected or emitted from at least a portion of the housing within a field of view of the objective lens. The dichroic beam splitter may be located between the first tube lens and the objective lens, wherein the dichroic beam splitter is configured to transmit the structured light received from the first tube lens to the objective lens and reflect the light received from the objective lens to the second tube lens. The second tube lens is configured to receive reflected light from the dichroic beam splitter and transmit the reflected light to the image sensor. The image sensor is configured to receive reflected light from the second tube lens and record an image of at least a portion of the housing within the field of view of the objective lens.
所述方法可以包括通过使用所述光学设备来移动与至少一个微物体相邻产生的DEP力的位置的步骤,以使所述结构光从所述光致动微流体装置的所述衬底的所述表面上的所述第一位置移动到所述衬底的所述表面上的第三位置。The method may include the step of moving a position of a DEP force generated adjacent to at least one micro-object by using the optical apparatus to move the structured light from the first position on the surface of the substrate of the light-actuated microfluidic device to a third position on the surface of the substrate.
在一些实施方式中,所述方法还可以包括利用所述图像传感器捕获所述微流体装置的所述外壳的所述至少一部分的所述图像的步骤。在一些实施方式中,微流体装置的外壳的被成像的部分包括至少一个隔离坞和至少一个微物体。In some embodiments, the method may further comprise the step of capturing the image of the at least a portion of the housing of the microfluidic device using the image sensor. In some embodiments, the imaged portion of the housing of the microfluidic device comprises at least one isolation dock and at least one micro-object.
在一些实施方式中,光学设备包括产生非结构光的第二光源,并且其中该方法还包括使用光学设备将来自第二光源的非结构光投射到微流体装置的外壳中,从而在外壳内提供亮场照明。In some embodiments, the optical device includes a second light source that generates unstructured light, and wherein the method further includes projecting the unstructured light from the second light source into a housing of the microfluidic device using the optical device to provide bright field illumination within the housing.
在一些实施方式中,光学设备包括激光光源,并且其中该方法还包括使用光学设备将来自激光光源的激光投射到微流体装置的外壳的衬底的表面上。In some embodiments, the optical device comprises a laser light source, and wherein the method further comprises projecting laser light from the laser light source onto a surface of a substrate of the housing of the microfluidic device using the optical device.
在一些实施方式中,所述光学设备进一步包括第二个二向色分束器,所述第二个二向色分束器定位在所述结构光调制器与所述第一镜筒透镜之间,并且其中由所述结构光调制器传输的结构光由所述第二个二向色分束器反射到所述第一镜筒透镜中。In some embodiments, the optical device further includes a second dichroic beam splitter positioned between the structured light modulator and the first tube lens, and wherein the structured light transmitted by the structured light modulator is reflected by the second dichroic beam splitter into the first tube lens.
在一些实施方式中,由第二光源产生的非结构光通过第二个二向色分束器传输到第一镜筒透镜。在一些实施方式中,由激光光源产生的激光通过第二个二向色分束器传输到第一镜筒透镜的发射器。In some embodiments, the unstructured light generated by the second light source is transmitted to the first tube lens through a second dichroic beam splitter. In some embodiments, the laser light generated by the laser light source is transmitted to the emitter of the first tube lens through a second dichroic beam splitter.
在一些实施方式中,投射到衬底表面上的第一位置上的结构光包括多个照明点。在一些实施方式中,衬底表面上的第一位置位于微流体器件的流动区域中,并且其中衬底表面上的第三位置位于多个隔离坞中的一个隔离坞内。In some embodiments, the structured light projected onto the first location on the substrate surface includes a plurality of illumination points. In some embodiments, the first location on the substrate surface is located in a flow region of the microfluidic device, and wherein the third location on the substrate surface is located within one of the plurality of isolated bays.
在一些实施方式中,投射到衬底表面上的第一位置上的结构光包括线段或符号那样的形状。在一些实施方式中,投射到衬底表面上的第一位置上的结构光具有类似于多边形的轮廓的形状。In some embodiments, the structured light projected onto the first location on the substrate surface includes a shape like a line segment or a symbol. In some embodiments, the structured light projected onto the first location on the substrate surface has a shape similar to the outline of a polygon.
在一些实施方式中,该方法还可以包括通过使用光学设备将结构光投射到微流体装置的衬底的表面上的多个第一位置上而选择性地激活与位于微流体装置内的多个微物体相邻的DEP力的步骤,其中所述多个第一位置中的每一个位于所述衬底的所述表面上的对应的第二位置附近,所述对应的第二位置位于所述多个第一位置中的对应微物体下方。In some embodiments, the method may further include a step of selectively activating DEP forces adjacent to a plurality of micro-objects located within the microfluidic device by projecting structured light onto a plurality of first locations on the surface of a substrate of the microfluidic device using an optical device, wherein each of the plurality of first locations is located near a corresponding second location on the surface of the substrate, and the corresponding second location is located below a corresponding micro-object in the plurality of first locations.
在一些实施方式中,该方法可以进一步包括通过使用光学设备将成像的结构光从衬底表面上的多个第一位置移动到衬底表面上的多个对应的第三位置而使邻近多个微物体生成的DEP力的位置移位的步骤。In some embodiments, the method may further include the step of shifting positions of DEP forces generated adjacent to the plurality of micro-objects by moving the imaged structured light from a plurality of first positions on the substrate surface to a plurality of corresponding third positions on the substrate surface using an optical device.
在一些实施方式中,该方法可以进一步包括捕获外壳的至少一部分的图像的步骤,该步骤包括仅对位于被成像的外壳的该部分中的流动区域和每个隔离坞的内部区域成像,从而降低总体噪声以实现高图像质量。在一些实施方式中,该方法还可以包括分析图像以提供对第一位置的反馈和调整的步骤。In some embodiments, the method may further include the step of capturing an image of at least a portion of the housing, the step including imaging only the flow region within the imaged portion of the housing and the interior region of each isolator dock, thereby reducing overall noise to achieve high image quality. In some embodiments, the method may further include the step of analyzing the image to provide feedback and adjustments to the first position.
本文公开了一种对样本的一个或多个微物体进行成像的方法。该方法可以包括将包含该一个或多个微物体的样本加载到具有包括流动区域的外壳的微流体装置中。Disclosed herein is a method for imaging one or more micro-objects of a sample. The method may include loading the sample containing the one or more micro-objects into a microfluidic device having a housing including a flow region.
所述方法可以包括使用投射到所述外壳的所述至少一部分中的多个对应照明图案来捕获包含所述一个或多个微物体的所述外壳的至少一部分的多个图像,其中所述多个照明图案中的每一个照明图案使用结构光产生且不同于所述多个照明图案中的其他照明图案,且其中使用光学设备捕获所述多个图像。The method may include capturing a plurality of images of at least a portion of the housing containing the one or more micro-objects using a plurality of corresponding illumination patterns projected into the at least a portion of the housing, wherein each illumination pattern of the plurality of illumination patterns is generated using structured light and is different from other illumination patterns of the plurality of illumination patterns, and wherein the plurality of images are captured using an optical device.
该光学设备可以包括第一光源、结构光调制器、第一镜筒透镜和第二镜筒透镜、物镜、二向色分束器和图像传感器。所述结构光调制器被配置为从所述第一光源接收非结构光,且传输对应于所述多个照明图案中的任一者的结构光。第一镜筒透镜被配置为从结构光调制器捕获结构光并将结构光传输到物镜。物镜被配置为接收从第一镜筒透镜和突出物透射的结构光,并且其中物镜进一步被配置为接收从外壳的至少一部分内反射或发射的光。所述二向色分束器位于所述第一镜筒透镜与所述物镜之间,所述二向色分束器被配置为将从所述第一镜筒透镜接收的所述结构光发射到所述物镜且将从所述物镜接收的光反射到第二镜筒透镜。第二镜筒透镜被配置为接收来自二向色分束器的反射光并且在图像传感器上透射反射光。图像传感器被配置为接收来自第二镜筒透镜的反射光并从其记录图像。所述方法还可以包括组合所述多个图像以产生位于所述外壳的所述部分中的所述一个或多个微物体的单个图像,其中所述组合步骤包括处理所述多个图像中的每一个以移除离焦背景光。The optical device may include a first light source, a structured light modulator, a first and second tube lenses, an objective lens, a dichroic beam splitter, and an image sensor. The structured light modulator is configured to receive unstructured light from the first light source and transmit structured light corresponding to any one of the plurality of illumination patterns. The first tube lens is configured to capture structured light from the structured light modulator and transmit the structured light to the objective lens. The objective lens is configured to receive structured light transmitted from the first tube lens and the protrusion, and the objective lens is further configured to receive light reflected or emitted from at least a portion of the housing. The dichroic beam splitter is located between the first tube lens and the objective lens, and is configured to transmit the structured light received from the first tube lens to the objective lens and reflect light received from the objective lens to the second tube lens. The second tube lens is configured to receive reflected light from the dichroic beam splitter and transmit the reflected light to the image sensor. The image sensor is configured to receive reflected light from the second tube lens and record an image therefrom. The method may further include combining the plurality of images to produce a single image of the one or more micro-objects located in the portion of the housing, wherein the combining step includes processing each of the plurality of images to remove out-of-focus background light.
在一些实施方式中,微流体装置包括流动区域,并且其中一个或多个微物体位于流动区域中。在一些实施方式中,微流体装置包括流动区域和多个隔离坞,多个隔离坞中的每个隔离坞流体连接到流动区域,并且其中一个或多个微物体位于多个隔离坞和/或流动区域中的一个或多个中。In some embodiments, the microfluidic device comprises a flow region, and wherein the one or more micro-objects are located in the flow region. In some embodiments, the microfluidic device comprises a flow region and a plurality of isolation docks, each isolation dock in the plurality of isolation docks being fluidically connected to the flow region, and wherein the one or more micro-objects are located in one or more of the plurality of isolation docks and/or the flow region.
在一些实施方式中,投射到外壳的至少一部分中的多个对应照明图案和在图像传感器处捕获的对应图像同时聚焦。在一些实施方式中,所述多个对应照明图案被配置为扫描所述外壳内的所述视场。In some embodiments, a plurality of corresponding illumination patterns projected into at least a portion of the housing and a corresponding image captured at the image sensor are simultaneously focused. In some embodiments, the plurality of corresponding illumination patterns are configured to scan the field of view within the housing.
虽然已经在本文中示出和描述了所公开的本发明的特定实施方式,但是本领域技术人员将理解,它们并不旨在限制本发明,并且对于本领域技术人员显而易见的是,在不脱离所公开的发明的范围的情况下,可以进行各种改变和修改(例如,各个部分的尺寸),其将仅由所附权利要求书及其等效物界定。因此,说明书和附图被认为是说明性的而不是限制性的。Although particular embodiments of the disclosed invention have been shown and described herein, it will be understood by those skilled in the art that they are not intended to limit the invention, and that various changes and modifications (for example, the dimensions of the various parts) may be made without departing from the scope of the disclosed invention, which will be defined only by the appended claims and their equivalents. Accordingly, the specification and drawings are to be regarded in an illustrative rather than a restrictive sense.
本公开的实施方式的叙述。Description of embodiments of the present disclosure.
1.一种用于对微流体装置的外壳中的微物体成像的光学设备,所述光学设备包括:1. An optical apparatus for imaging a micro-object in a housing of a microfluidic device, the optical apparatus comprising:
结构光调制器,被配置为接收来自第一光源的非结构光束并反射或透射传输适于对位于微流体装置的外壳中的微物体进行照射的结构光束;a structured light modulator configured to receive an unstructured light beam from a first light source and reflect or transmit a structured light beam suitable for illuminating a micro-object located in a housing of a microfluidic device;
第一镜筒透镜,被配置为从所述结构光调制器捕获并透射所述结构光束;a first tube lens configured to capture and transmit the structured light beam from the structured light modulator;
物镜,被配置为从包含所述微流体装置的所述外壳的至少一部分在内的视场捕获并透射图像光束;an objective lens configured to capture and transmit an image beam from a field of view encompassing at least a portion of the housing of the microfluidic device;
第一个二向色分束器,被配置为接收并反射或透射来自所述第一镜筒透镜的所述结构光束,并且还被配置为接收并透射或反射来自所述物镜的所述图像光束;a first dichroic beam splitter configured to receive and reflect or transmit the structured beam from the first tube lens, and further configured to receive and transmit or reflect the image beam from the objective lens;
第二镜筒透镜,被配置为从所述第一个二向色分束器接收并透射所述图像光束;以及a second tube lens configured to receive and transmit the image beam from the first dichroic beam splitter; and
图像传感器,被配置为从所述第二镜筒透镜接收所述图像光束,其中所述图像传感器基于从所述第二镜筒透镜接收的所述图像光束形成所述视场的图像。An image sensor is configured to receive the image light beam from the second tube lens, wherein the image sensor forms an image of the field of view based on the image light beam received from the second tube lens.
2.根据实施方式1所述的光学设备,其中所述结构光调制器包括至少15mm的有效面积。在一些实施方式中,结构光调制器可以包括至少15.5mm、16.0mm、16.5mm、17.0mm或更大的有效面积。2. The optical device of embodiment 1, wherein the structured light modulator comprises an active area of at least 15 mm. In some embodiments, the structured light modulator can comprise an active area of at least 15.5 mm, 16.0 mm, 16.5 mm, 17.0 mm, or more.
3.根据实施方式1或2所述的光学设备,其中所述第一镜筒透镜具有至少45mm的通光孔径。3. The optical device of embodiment 1 or 2, wherein the first tube lens has a clear aperture of at least 45 mm.
4.根据实施方式3所述的光学设备,其中所述第一镜筒透镜具有被配置为从所述结构光调制器捕获基本上所有光束(例如,来自所述结构光调制器的所有或基本上所有结构光束)的通光孔径。4. The optical device of embodiment 3, wherein the first tube lens has a clear aperture configured to capture substantially all light beams from the structured light modulator (eg, all or substantially all structured light beams from the structured light modulator).
5.根据实施方式1至4中任一项所述的光学设备,其中所述第一镜筒透镜具有约162mm(例如,162mm+/-0.8mm)或更短的有效焦距。5. The optical device of any one of embodiments 1 to 4, wherein the first tube lens has an effective focal length of approximately 162 mm (eg, 162 mm +/- 0.8 mm) or less.
6.根据实施方式1至4中任一项所述的光学设备,其中所述第一镜筒透镜具有约155mm(例如,155+/-0.8mm)的有效焦距。6. The optical device of any one of embodiments 1 to 4, wherein the first tube lens has an effective focal length of approximately 155 mm (eg, 155 +/- 0.8 mm).
7.根据实施方式1至5中任一项所述的光学设备,其中所述第一镜筒透镜具有约0.071至约0.085的数值孔径。在一些实施方式中,第一镜筒透镜可以具有约0.074至约0.082或约0.076至约0.080的数值孔径。7. The optical device of any one of embodiments 1 to 5, wherein the first tube lens has a numerical aperture of about 0.071 to about 0.085. In some embodiments, the first tube lens can have a numerical aperture of about 0.074 to about 0.082 or about 0.076 to about 0.080.
8.根据实施方式1至7中任一项所述的光学设备,其中所述第二镜筒透镜具有180mm+/-0.9mm(或更大)的有效焦距。8. The optical device of any one of embodiments 1 to 7, wherein the second tube lens has an effective focal length of 180 mm +/- 0.9 mm (or greater).
9.根据实施方式1至7中任一项所述的光学设备,其中所述第二镜筒透镜具有200mm+/-1mm的有效焦距。9. The optical device of any one of embodiments 1 to 7, wherein the second tube lens has an effective focal length of 200 mm +/- 1 mm.
10.根据实施方式1至9中任一项所述的光学设备,其中所述第二镜筒透镜具有约0.063至约0.077的数值孔径。在一些实施方式中,第二镜筒透镜可具有约0.066至约0.074或约0.068至约0.072的数值孔径。10. The optical device of any one of embodiments 1 to 9, wherein the second tube lens has a numerical aperture of about 0.063 to about 0.077. In some embodiments, the second tube lens can have a numerical aperture of about 0.066 to about 0.074 or about 0.068 to about 0.072.
11.根据实施方式1至10中任一项所述的光学设备,其中所述图像传感器包括至少16.5mm的有效面积。在一些实施方式中,图像传感器可以包括至少17.0mm、17.5mm、18.0mm、18.5mm、19.0mm或更大的有效面积。11. The optical device of any one of embodiments 1 to 10, wherein the image sensor comprises an active area of at least 16.5 mm. In some embodiments, the image sensor can comprise an active area of at least 17.0 mm, 17.5 mm, 18.0 mm, 18.5 mm, 19.0 mm, or more.
12.根据实施方式1至11中任一项所述的光学设备,其中所述设备的特征在于在所述物镜的所述背面处的孔径光阑,其中所述孔径光阑为至少25mm。在一些实施方式中,孔径光阑为至少26mm、27mm、28mm、29mm或更大、或24mm到26mm。12. The optical device of any one of embodiments 1 to 11, wherein the device is characterized by an aperture stop at the back surface of the objective lens, wherein the aperture stop is at least 25 mm. In some embodiments, the aperture stop is at least 26 mm, 27 mm, 28 mm, 29 mm or more, or 24 mm to 26 mm.
13.根据实施方式1至12中任一项所述的光学设备,其中所述第一二向色分束器被配置为(i)将来自所述第一镜筒透镜的光束反射到所述物镜,以及(ii)将光束从所述物镜透射到所述第二镜筒透镜。13. An optical device according to any one of embodiments 1 to 12, wherein the first dichroic beam splitter is configured to (i) reflect the light beam from the first tube lens to the objective lens, and (ii) transmit the light beam from the objective lens to the second tube lens.
14.根据实施方式1至12中任一项所述的光学设备,其中所述第一个二向色分束器被配置为(i)将光束从所述第一镜筒透镜透射到所述物镜,以及(ii)将来自所述物镜的光束反射到所述第二镜筒透镜。14. An optical device according to any one of embodiments 1 to 12, wherein the first dichroic beam splitter is configured to (i) transmit the light beam from the first tube lens to the objective lens, and (ii) reflect the light beam from the objective lens to the second tube lens.
15.根据实施方式1至14中任一项所述的光学设备,其中所述物镜被配置为使由所述图像传感器形成的视场的图像中的像差最小化。15. An optical device according to any one of embodiments 1 to 14, wherein the objective lens is configured to minimize aberrations in the image of the field of view formed by the image sensor.
16.根据实施方式16所述的光学设备,其中所述第二镜筒透镜被配置为校正所述物镜的残余像差。16. The optical device of embodiment 16, wherein the second tube lens is configured to correct residual aberrations of the objective lens.
17.根据实施方式15或16所述的光学设备,还包括校正透镜,被配置为校正所述物镜的残余像差。17. The optical device according to embodiment 15 or 16 further includes a correction lens configured to correct residual aberrations of the objective lens.
18.根据实施方式1至17中任一项所述的光学设备,其中所述结构光调制器设置在所述图像传感器的共轭平面处。18. The optical device of any one of embodiments 1 to 17, wherein the structured light modulator is disposed at a conjugate plane of the image sensor.
19.根据实施方式1至18中任一项所述的光学设备,其中,所述装置被配置为执行共焦成像。19. An optical device according to any one of embodiments 1 to 18, wherein the device is configured to perform confocal imaging.
20.根据实施方式1至17中任一项所述的光学设备,还包括滑动透镜,所述滑动透镜可滑动地定位在所述结构光调制器和所述第一镜筒透镜之间,其中所述滑动透镜被配置为支持叠层显微成像技术。20. The optical device according to any one of embodiments 1 to 17 further includes a sliding lens, which is slidably positioned between the structured light modulator and the first tube lens, wherein the sliding lens is configured to support a stacked microscopy technique.
21.根据实施方式1至20中任一项所述的光学设备,还包括第一光源。21. The optical device according to any one of embodiments 1 to 20, further comprising a first light source.
22.根据权利要求21所述的光学设备,其中所述第一光源具有至少10瓦的功率。22. The optical device of claim 21, wherein the first light source has a power of at least 10 watts.
23.根据实施方式21或22所述的光学设备,其中由所述结构光调制器反射或透射的所述结构光束适于选择性地激活所述微流体装置的衬底的表面上或由所述微流体装置的衬底的表面组成的多个介电泳(DEP)电极中的一个或多个。23. An optical device according to embodiment 21 or 22, wherein the structured light beam reflected or transmitted by the structured light modulator is suitable for selectively activating one or more of a plurality of dielectrophoresis (DEP) electrodes on the surface of the substrate of the microfluidic device or composed of the surface of the substrate of the microfluidic device.
24.根据权利要求21或22所述的光学设备,还包括第二光源(例如,LED或激光器)。24. An optical device according to claim 21 or 22, further comprising a second light source (eg, an LED or a laser).
25.根据实施方式24所述的光学设备,其中,所述第二光源被配置为提供非结构亮场照明。25. An optical device according to embodiment 24, wherein the second light source is configured to provide unstructured bright field illumination.
26.根据实施方式24或25所述的光学设备,其中所述第二光源包括激光器。26. An optical device according to embodiment 24 or 25, wherein the second light source comprises a laser.
27.根据实施方式1至26中任一项所述的光学设备,还包括第二个二向色分束器。(例如,所述第二个二向色分束器可以被配置为将结构光束从所述结构光调制器反射到所述第一镜筒透镜;可选地,第二个二向色分束器还可以将来自第二光源的非结构光束透射到第一镜筒透镜)27. The optical device of any one of embodiments 1 to 26, further comprising a second dichroic beam splitter. (For example, the second dichroic beam splitter can be configured to reflect the structured light beam from the structured light modulator to the first tube lens; alternatively, the second dichroic beam splitter can also transmit an unstructured light beam from a second light source to the first tube lens.)
28.根据实施方式24至27中任一项所述的光学设备,还包括第三光源。28. The optical device according to any one of embodiments 24 to 27 further includes a third light source.
29.根据实施方式28所述的光学设备,其中所述第三光源包括激光器,并且可选地,其中所述第三光源的所述激光器被配置为加热所述微流体装置的内表面和/或位于所述微流体装置的所述外壳内的液体介质(例如,激光器可以被配置为加热足够的量以在微流体装置的外壳内生成气泡)。29. An optical device according to embodiment 28, wherein the third light source comprises a laser, and optionally, wherein the laser of the third light source is configured to heat the inner surface of the microfluidic device and/or the liquid medium located within the housing of the microfluidic device (for example, the laser can be configured to heat a sufficient amount to generate bubbles within the housing of the microfluidic device).
30.根据实施方式1至29中任一项所述的光学设备,还包括巢,其中所述巢被配置为保持所述微流体装置。30. The optical apparatus of any one of embodiments 1 to 29, further comprising a nest, wherein the nest is configured to hold the microfluidic device.
31.根据实施方式30所述的光学设备,其中所述巢进一步被配置为提供与所述微流体装置的至少一个电连接。31. The optical apparatus of embodiment 30, wherein the nest is further configured to provide at least one electrical connection to the microfluidic device.
32.根据实施方式30或31所述的光学设备,其中所述巢进一步被配置为提供与所述微流体装置的流体连接。32. The optical apparatus of embodiment 30 or 31, wherein the nest is further configured to provide a fluid connection to the microfluidic device.
33.如实施方式1至32中任一项所述的光学设备,其中所述微流体装置包括盖,所述盖包括玻璃,并且其中所述盖具有约600微米或更大的厚度(例如,盖可具有约600微米至约1000微米、约625微米至约850微米、或约640微米至约700微米)的厚度。33. An optical device as described in any of embodiments 1 to 32, wherein the microfluidic device includes a cover, the cover includes glass, and wherein the cover has a thickness of about 600 microns or greater (for example, the cover may have a thickness of about 600 microns to about 1000 microns, about 625 microns to about 850 microns, or about 640 microns to about 700 microns).
34.根据实施方式1至33中任一项所述的光学设备,还包括用于向所述结构光调制器提供指令的控制单元,其中所述指令使所述结构光调制器产生一个或多个照明图案。34. The optical device according to any one of embodiments 1 to 33 further includes a control unit for providing instructions to the structured light modulator, wherein the instructions cause the structured light modulator to generate one or more illumination patterns.
35.根据权利要求34所述的光学设备,其中,所述照明图案随时间变化(例如,第一图案被第二图案替代,第二图案被第三图案替代等,使得所述图案看起来作为时间的函数而移动)。35. The optical device of claim 34, wherein the illumination pattern varies over time (e.g., a first pattern is replaced by a second pattern, a second pattern is replaced by a third pattern, etc., such that the pattern appears to move as a function of time).
36.一种用于对微物体成像的系统,所述系统包括:36. A system for imaging micro-objects, the system comprising:
微流体装置,所述微流体装置包括外壳,其中所述外壳包括衬底,所述衬底具有设置在所述衬底的表面上或由所述衬底的表面构成的多个介电泳(DEP)电极;a microfluidic device comprising a housing, wherein the housing comprises a substrate having a plurality of dielectrophoresis (DEP) electrodes disposed on or consisting of a surface of the substrate;
光学设备,被配置为用于对所述微流体装置的所述外壳中的微物体进行成像,所述光学设备包括:an optical device configured to image the micro-objects in the housing of the microfluidic device, the optical device comprising:
结构光调制器,被配置为接收来自第一光源的非结构光并反射或透射适于对位于微流体装置的外壳中的微物体进行照射的结构光束;a structured light modulator configured to receive unstructured light from a first light source and reflect or transmit a structured light beam suitable for illuminating a micro-object located in a housing of the microfluidic device;
第一镜筒透镜,被配置为从所述结构光调制器捕获并透射所述结构光束;a first tube lens configured to capture and transmit the structured light beam from the structured light modulator;
物镜,被配置为从包含所述微流体装置的所述外壳的至少一部分在内的视场捕获并透射图像光束;an objective lens configured to capture and transmit an image beam from a field of view encompassing at least a portion of the housing of the microfluidic device;
第一个二向色分束器,被配置为接收并反射或透射来自所述第一镜筒透镜的所述结构光束,并且还被配置为接收并透射或反射来自所述物镜的所述图像光束;a first dichroic beam splitter configured to receive and reflect or transmit the structured beam from the first tube lens, and further configured to receive and transmit or reflect the image beam from the objective lens;
第二镜筒透镜,被配置为从所述第一个二向色分束器接收并透射所述图像光束;a second tube lens configured to receive and transmit the image beam from the first dichroic beam splitter;
图像传感器,被配置为从所述第二镜筒透镜接收所述图像光束,其中所述图像传感器基于从所述第二镜筒透镜接收的所述图像光束形成所述视场的图像;以及an image sensor configured to receive the image beam from the second tube lens, wherein the image sensor forms an image of the field of view based on the image beam received from the second tube lens; and
巢,其用于将所述微流体装置保持在允许所述微流体装置由所述光学设备成像的位置中。A nest is provided for holding the microfluidic device in a position that allows the microfluidic device to be imaged by the optical apparatus.
37.根据实施方式36所述的系统,其中所述光学设备根据实施方式2至29中的任一个来配置。37. A system according to embodiment 36, wherein the optical device is configured according to any one of embodiments 2 to 29.
38.根据实施方式36或37所述的系统,其中所述巢提供与所述微流体装置的至少一个电连接。38. The system of embodiment 36 or 37, wherein the nest provides at least one electrical connection to the microfluidic device.
39.如实施方式36至38中任一项所述的系统,其中所述巢提供与所述微流体装置的流体连接。39. The system of any one of embodiments 36 to 38, wherein the nest provides a fluid connection to the microfluidic device.
40.根据实施方式36至39中任一项所述的系统,还包括用于向所述结构光调制器提供指令的控制单元,其中所述指令使所述结构光调制器产生一个或多个照明图案。40. The system of any one of embodiments 36 to 39, further comprising a control unit for providing instructions to the structured light modulator, wherein the instructions cause the structured light modulator to generate one or more illumination patterns.
41.根据权利要求40所述的系统,其中所述照明图案随时间变化(例如,第一图案由第二图案替代,所述第二图案由第三图案替代等,使得所述图案显现为时间的函数而移动)。41. The system of claim 40, wherein the illumination pattern varies over time (e.g., a first pattern is replaced by a second pattern, the second pattern is replaced by a third pattern, etc., such that the pattern appears to move as a function of time).
42.一种操纵样本的一个或多个微物体的方法,所述方法包括:42. A method of manipulating one or more micro-objects of a sample, the method comprising:
将含有所述一个或多个微物体的所述样本加载到具有包含衬底的外壳的微流体装置中,其中所述衬底包括位于所述衬底的表面上或由所述衬底的表面组成的多个光致动介电泳(DEP)电极;loading the sample containing the one or more micro-objects into a microfluidic device having a housing comprising a substrate, wherein the substrate comprises a plurality of light-actuated dielectrophoresis (DEP) electrodes located on or consisting of a surface of the substrate;
在所述微流体装置上施加电压电位;applying a voltage potential across the microfluidic device;
通过使用光学设备将结构光投射到微流体装置的衬底的表面上的第一位置上,选择性地激活与位于微流体装置内的至少一个微物体相邻的DEP力,其中所述第一位置包括所述多个光致动的DEP电极中的一个或多个并且位于所述衬底的所述表面上的第二位置附近,所述第二位置位于所述至少一个微物体下方,并且其中所述光学设备包括:第一光源;结构光调制器,被配置为接收来自所述第一光源的非结构光束并且透射适合于在所述微流体装置的所述衬底的所述表面上的所述第一位置处选择性地激活所述一个或多个DEP电极的结构光束;第一镜筒透镜,被配置为从所述结构光调制器捕获并透射所述结构光束;物镜,被配置为捕获从所述第一镜筒透镜透射的所述结构光束,且将所述结构光束投射到所述微流体装置的所述衬底的所述表面上的所述第一位置上,且其中所述物镜进一步被配置为捕获和透射从包含所述微流体装置的所述外壳的至少一部分在内的视场反射或发射的图像光束,所述视场围绕所述衬底的所述表面上的所述第一位置和所述第二位置;第一个二向色分束器,被配置为将从所述第一镜筒透镜接收的所述结构光束反射或透射到所述物镜,且进一步被配置为透射或反射从所述物镜接收的图像光束;第二镜筒透镜,被配置为接收并且透射来自所述第一个二向色分束器的所述图像光束;以及图像传感器,被配置为从所述第二镜筒透镜接收所述图像光束,其中所述图像传感器基于从所述第二镜筒透镜接收的所述图像光束而记录所述视场的图像;和The method comprises: projecting structured light onto a first location on a surface of a substrate of a microfluidic device using an optical device to selectively activate a DEP force adjacent to at least one micro-object located within the microfluidic device, wherein the first location includes one or more of the plurality of light-actuated DEP electrodes and is located near a second location on the surface of the substrate, the second location being located below the at least one micro-object, and wherein the optical device comprises: a first light source; a structured light modulator configured to receive an unstructured light beam from the first light source and transmit a structured light beam suitable for selectively activating the one or more DEP electrodes at the first location on the surface of the substrate of the microfluidic device; a first tube lens configured to capture and transmit the structured light beam from the structured light modulator; and an objective lens configured to capture the structured light beam transmitted from the first tube lens and transmit the structured light beam to the objective lens. the structured light beam being projected onto the first location on the surface of the substrate of the microfluidic device, and wherein the objective lens is further configured to capture and transmit an image light beam reflected or emitted from a field of view encompassing at least a portion of the housing of the microfluidic device, the field of view surrounding the first location and the second location on the surface of the substrate; a first dichroic beam splitter configured to reflect or transmit the structured light beam received from the first tube lens to the objective lens, and further configured to transmit or reflect the image light beam received from the objective lens; a second tube lens configured to receive and transmit the image light beam from the first dichroic beam splitter; and an image sensor configured to receive the image light beam from the second tube lens, wherein the image sensor records an image of the field of view based on the image light beam received from the second tube lens; and
通过使用所述光学设备将所投射的结构光从所述微流体装置的所述衬底的所述表面上的所述第一位置移动到所述衬底的所述表面上的第三位置,来移位邻近于至少一个微物体而产生的所述DEP力的所述位置,其中所述第三位置还包括所述多个光致动的DEP电极中的一个或多个。The position of the DEP force generated adjacent to at least one micro-object is shifted by moving the projected structured light from the first position on the surface of the substrate of the microfluidic device to a third position on the surface of the substrate using the optical device, wherein the third position also includes one or more of the plurality of light-actuated DEP electrodes.
43.根据权利要求42所述的方法,其中,所述第三位置被所述视场围绕。43. The method of claim 42, wherein the third position is surrounded by the field of view.
44.根据实施方式42或43所述的方法,其中所述第三位置与所述第二位置重叠或围绕所述第二位置。44. A method according to embodiment 42 or 43, wherein the third position overlaps with or surrounds the second position.
45.根据实施方式42至44中任一项所述的方法,还包括利用所述图像传感器记录所述视场的图像。45. The method of any one of embodiments 42 to 44 further comprises recording an image of the field of view using the image sensor.
46.根据实施方式42至45中任一项所述的方法,其中所述微流体装置的所述外壳包括流动区域,至少一个隔离坞与所述流动区域流体连接。46. The method of any one of embodiments 42 to 45, wherein the housing of the microfluidic device comprises a flow region, and at least one isolation dock is fluidically connected to the flow region.
47.根据实施方式46所述的方法,其中,所述视场围绕所述至少一个隔离坞中的隔离坞和所述流动区域的至少一部分。47. The method of embodiment 46, wherein the field of view surrounds an isolation dock in the at least one isolation dock and at least a portion of the flow area.
48.根据实施方式42至47中任一项所述的方法,其中所述光学设备包括产生非结构光的第二光源,并且其中所述方法还包括:使用所述光学设备将来自所述第二光源的所述非结构光投射到所述微流体装置的所述外壳中,从而在外壳内提供亮场照明。48. A method according to any one of embodiments 42 to 47, wherein the optical device includes a second light source that generates unstructured light, and wherein the method further comprises: using the optical device to project the unstructured light from the second light source into the housing of the microfluidic device, thereby providing bright field illumination within the housing.
49.根据实施方式42至48中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述光学设备包括激光光源,其中所述方法还包括:使用所述光学设备将来自所述激光光源的激光投射到所述微流体装置的所述外壳内的表面上(例如,衬底表面上的第四位置)。49. A method according to any one of embodiments 42 to 48, wherein the optical device includes a laser light source, and wherein the method further comprises: using the optical device to project laser light from the laser light source onto a surface within the housing of the microfluidic device (e.g., a fourth position on the substrate surface).
50.根据实施方式42至49中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述光学设备还包括定位在所述结构光调制器和所述第一镜筒透镜之间的第二个二向色分束器,并且其中由所述结构光调制器透射的所述结构光束由所述第二个二向色分束器反射到所述第一镜筒透镜中。50. A method according to any one of embodiments 42 to 49, wherein the optical device further includes a second dichroic beam splitter positioned between the structured light modulator and the first tube lens, and wherein the structured light beam transmitted by the structured light modulator is reflected by the second dichroic beam splitter into the first tube lens.
51.根据实施方式50所述的方法,其中由所述第二光源产生的所述非结构光通过所述第二个二向色分束器透射到所述第一镜筒透镜。51. The method of embodiment 50, wherein the unstructured light generated by the second light source is transmitted to the first tube lens through the second dichroic beam splitter.
52.根据实施方式50或51所述的方法,其中由所述激光光源产生的所述激光通过所述第二个二向色分束器透射到所述第一镜筒透镜。52. The method of embodiment 50 or 51, wherein the laser light generated by the laser light source is transmitted to the first tube lens through the second dichroic beam splitter.
53.根据实施方式42至52中任一项所述的方法,其中投射到所述衬底表面上的所述第一位置上的所述结构光包括多个照明点。53. A method according to any one of embodiments 42 to 52, wherein the structured light projected onto the first position on the substrate surface includes a plurality of illumination points.
54.根据实施方式46所述的方法,其中所述衬底表面上的所述第一位置位于所述微流体装置的所述流动区域中,且其中所述衬底表面上的所述第三位置位于所述多个隔离坞中的所述隔离坞中的一者内。54. A method according to embodiment 46, wherein the first position on the substrate surface is located in the flow area of the microfluidic device, and wherein the third position on the substrate surface is located within one of the isolation docks in the plurality of isolation docks.
55.如实施方式42至实施方式54中任一项所述的方法,其中投射到所述衬底表面上的所述第一位置上的所述结构光包括类似线段或符号的形状。55. The method of any one of embodiments 42 to 54, wherein the structured light projected onto the first position on the substrate surface comprises a shape resembling a line segment or a symbol.
56.根据权利要求55所述的方法,其中投射到所述衬底表面上的所述第一位置上的所述结构光具有与多边形的所述轮廓类似的形状。在一些实施方式中,形状可以具有四边形多边形的轮廓,诸如正方形、矩形、菱形等或五边形等。56. The method of claim 55, wherein the structured light projected onto the first location on the substrate surface has a shape similar to the outline of a polygon. In some embodiments, the shape can have the outline of a quadrilateral polygon, such as a square, rectangle, diamond, or pentagon.
57.如实施方式42至56中任一项所述的方法,还包括:57. The method of any one of embodiments 42 to 56, further comprising:
通过使用所述光学设备将结构光投射到所述微流体装置的所述衬底的所述表面上的多个第一位置上,选择性地激活与位于所述微流体装置内的多个微物体相邻的DEP力,其中所述多个第一位置中的每一个包括所述多个光致动的DEP电极中的一个或多个并且位于所述衬底的所述表面上的对应的第二位置附近,所述对应的第二位置位于所述多个微物体的下方;以及selectively activating a DEP force adjacent to a plurality of micro-objects located within the microfluidic device by projecting structured light onto a plurality of first locations on the surface of the substrate of the microfluidic device using the optical apparatus, wherein each of the plurality of first locations comprises one or more of the plurality of light-actuated DEP electrodes and is located adjacent to a corresponding second location on the surface of the substrate, the corresponding second location being located beneath the plurality of micro-objects; and
通过使用所述光学设备将所述投射的结构光从所述衬底表面上的所述多个第一位置移动到所述衬底表面上的多个对应的第三位置来移位与所述多个微物体相邻生成的所述DEP力的位置。The positions of the DEP forces generated adjacent to the plurality of micro-objects are shifted by moving the projected structured light from the plurality of first positions on the substrate surface to a plurality of corresponding third positions on the substrate surface using the optical device.
58.根据权利要求47所述的方法,其中记录所述视场的图像包括仅对位于所述视场中的所述流动区域和每个隔离坞的内部区域成像(例如,从而减小总体噪声以实现高图像质量)。58. The method of claim 47, wherein recording an image of the field of view comprises imaging only the flow region and an interior region of each isolation dock located in the field of view (e.g., thereby reducing overall noise to achieve high image quality).
59.根据权利要求45所述的方法,还包括分析所记录的图像以提供对所述第一位置的反馈和调整。59. The method of claim 45, further comprising analyzing the recorded images to provide feedback and adjustments to the first position.
60.一种对样本的一个或多个微物体进行成像的方法,所述方法包括:60. A method of imaging one or more micro-objects of a sample, the method comprising:
将包含所述一个或多个微物体的样本加载到微流体装置的外壳中;loading a sample comprising the one or more micro-objects into a housing of a microfluidic device;
使用投射到视场中的多个对应照明图案来捕获围绕包含所述一个或多个微物体的所述外壳的至少一部分在内的所述视场的多个图像,其中所述多个照明图案中的每一照明图案使用结构光产生且与所述多个照明图案中的其他照明图案不同,且其中使用光学设备来捕获所述多个图像,所述光学设备包含:第一光源;结构光调制器,被配置为接收来自所述第一光源的非结构光束并且透射对应于所述多个照明图案中的任一个的结构光束;第一镜筒透镜,所述第一镜筒透镜被配置为捕获并透射来自所述结构光调制器的所述结构光束;物镜,被配置为捕获从所述第一镜筒透镜透射的所述结构光束,且将所述结构光束投射到所述视场所包围的所述微流体装置的所述外壳的所述至少一部分中,其中所述物镜进一步被配置为接收从所述视场内反射或发射的图像光束;第一个二向色分束器,被配置为将从所述第一镜筒透镜接收的所述结构光束反射或透射到所述物镜,且进一步被配置为透射或反射从所述物镜接收的图像光束;第二镜筒透镜,所述第二镜筒透镜被配置为接收并透射来自所述第一个二向色分束器的所述图像光束;以及图像传感器,被配置为从所述第二镜筒透镜接收所述图像光束,其中所述图像传感器基于从所述第二镜筒透镜接收的所述图像光束而记录所述视场的图像;以及capturing a plurality of images of a field of view encompassing at least a portion of the housing containing the one or more micro-objects using a plurality of corresponding illumination patterns projected into the field of view, wherein each illumination pattern in the plurality of illumination patterns is generated using structured light and is different from other illumination patterns in the plurality of illumination patterns, and wherein the plurality of images are captured using an optical device comprising: a first light source; a structured light modulator configured to receive an unstructured light beam from the first light source and to transmit a structured light beam corresponding to any one of the plurality of illumination patterns; a first tube lens configured to capture and transmit the structured light beam from the structured light modulator; and an objective lens configured to capture the structured light beam transmitted from the first tube lens. and projecting the structured light beam into the at least a portion of the housing of the microfluidic device surrounded by the field of view, wherein the objective lens is further configured to receive an image light beam reflected or emitted from within the field of view; a first dichroic beam splitter configured to reflect or transmit the structured light beam received from the first tube lens to the objective lens, and further configured to transmit or reflect the image light beam received from the objective lens; a second tube lens configured to receive and transmit the image light beam from the first dichroic beam splitter; and an image sensor configured to receive the image light beam from the second tube lens, wherein the image sensor records an image of the field of view based on the image light beam received from the second tube lens; and
组合所述多个数字图像以生成位于所述视场中的所述一个或多个微物体的共焦图像,其中所述组合步骤包括处理所述多个图像中的每一个以移除离焦背景光。The plurality of digital images are combined to generate a confocal image of the one or more micro-objects located in the field of view, wherein the combining step includes processing each of the plurality of images to remove out-of-focus background light.
61.根据实施方式60所述的方法,其中所述微流体装置包括流动区域,并且其中所述一个或多个微物体位于所述流动区域中。61. The method of embodiment 60, wherein the microfluidic device comprises a flow region, and wherein the one or more micro-objects are located in the flow region.
62.根据实施方式60所述的方法,其中所述微流体装置包括流动区域和多个隔离坞,所述多个隔离坞中的每个隔离坞流体连接到所述流动区域,并且其中所述一个或多个微物体位于所述多个隔离坞和/或所述流动区域中的一个或多个中。62. A method according to embodiment 60, wherein the microfluidic device includes a flow area and a plurality of isolation docks, each isolation dock in the plurality of isolation docks is fluidically connected to the flow area, and wherein the one or more micro-objects are located in one or more of the plurality of isolation docks and/or the flow area.
63.根据实施方式60至62中任一项所述的方法,其中投射到所述视场中的所述多个对应照明图案和在所述图像传感器处捕获的所述对应图像同时聚焦。63. A method according to any one of embodiments 60 to 62, wherein the multiple corresponding illumination patterns projected into the field of view and the corresponding images captured at the image sensor are focused simultaneously.
64.根据实施方式60至63中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述多个对应的照明图案被配置为通过所述视场进行扫描。64. A method according to any one of embodiments 60 to 63, wherein the plurality of corresponding illumination patterns are configured to scan through the field of view.
65.一种用于对微流体装置中的微物体成像的光学设备的镜筒透镜,所述镜筒透镜包括:65. A tube lens of an optical device for imaging micro-objects in a microfluidic device, the tube lens comprising:
第一表面,具有凸起形状和第一曲率半径;a first surface having a convex shape and a first radius of curvature;
第二表面,具有第二曲率半径;a second surface having a second radius of curvature;
第三表面,其具有凹形形状和第三曲率半径;a third surface having a concave shape and a third radius of curvature;
第四表面,其具有凹形形状和第四曲率半径;以及a fourth surface having a concave shape and a fourth radius of curvature; and
直径为至少45mm的通光孔径;A clear aperture of at least 45 mm in diameter;
其中,所述第一曲率半径为正,所述第三曲率半径为负,并且所述第四曲率半径为负,并且其中所述镜筒透镜的前焦点和后焦点不与所述镜筒透镜的中点等距地间隔开和/或不对称。wherein the first radius of curvature is positive, the third radius of curvature is negative, and the fourth radius of curvature is negative, and wherein the front and back focal points of the tube lens are not equidistantly spaced from a midpoint of the tube lens and/or are asymmetric.
66.根据实施方式65所述的镜筒透镜,其中所述镜筒透镜的后焦距(BFL)被最小化。66. The tube lens of embodiment 65, wherein the back focal length (BFL) of the tube lens is minimized.
67.根据实施方式65所述的镜筒透镜,其中所述镜筒透镜具有约155mm(例如,155mm+/-1mm)的有效焦距(EFL)和约135mm(例如,135mm+/-1mm)的后焦距(BFL)。67. A tube lens according to embodiment 65, wherein the tube lens has an effective focal length (EFL) of approximately 155 mm (e.g., 155 mm +/- 1 mm) and a back focal length (BFL) of approximately 135 mm (e.g., 135 mm +/- 1 mm).
68.根据实施方式65所述的镜筒透镜,其中所述镜筒透镜具有约162mm(例如,162mm+/-1mm)的有效焦距(EFL)和约146mm(例如,146mm+/-1mm)的后焦距(BFL)。68. A tube lens according to embodiment 65, wherein the tube lens has an effective focal length (EFL) of approximately 162 mm (e.g., 162 mm +/- 1 mm) and a back focal length (BFL) of approximately 146 mm (e.g., 146 mm +/- 1 mm).
69.根据实施方式65所述的镜筒透镜,其中所述镜筒透镜具有约180mm(例如,180mm+/-1mm)的有效焦距(EFL)和约164mm(例如,164mm+/-1mm)的后焦距(BFL)。69. A tube lens according to embodiment 65, wherein the tube lens has an effective focal length (EFL) of approximately 180 mm (e.g., 180 mm +/- 1 mm) and a back focal length (BFL) of approximately 164 mm (e.g., 164 mm +/- 1 mm).
70.根据实施方式65所述的镜筒透镜,其中所述镜筒透镜具有约200mm(例如,200mm+/-1mm)的有效焦距(EFL)和约191mm(例如,191mm+/-1mm)的后焦距(BFL)。70. A tube lens according to embodiment 65, wherein the tube lens has an effective focal length (EFL) of approximately 200 mm (e.g., 200 mm +/- 1 mm) and a back focal length (BFL) of approximately 191 mm (e.g., 191 mm +/- 1 mm).
71.根据实施方式65所述的镜筒透镜,其中所述镜筒透镜具有约155mm(例如,155mm+/-0.78mm)的有效焦距(EFL),其中所述第一曲率半径为约91mm(例如,91mm+/-0.45mm),第二曲率半径为约42mm(例如,42mm+/-0.21mm),第三曲率半径为约-62mm(例如,-62mm+/-0.31mm),并且第四曲率半径为约-116mm例如,约-116mm(-116mm+/-0.58mm)。71. A tube lens according to embodiment 65, wherein the tube lens has an effective focal length (EFL) of approximately 155 mm (e.g., 155 mm +/- 0.78 mm), wherein the first radius of curvature is approximately 91 mm (e.g., 91 mm +/- 0.45 mm), the second radius of curvature is approximately 42 mm (e.g., 42 mm +/- 0.21 mm), the third radius of curvature is approximately -62 mm (e.g., -62 mm +/- 0.31 mm), and the fourth radius of curvature is approximately -116 mm, e.g., approximately -116 mm (-116 mm +/- 0.58 mm).
72.根据实施方式65所述的镜筒透镜,其中所述镜筒透镜具有约162mm(例如,162mm+/-0.81mm)的有效焦距(EFL),其中所述第一曲率半径为约95mm(例如,95mm+/-0.48mm),第二曲率半径为约54mm(例如,54mm+/-0.27mm),第三曲率半径为约-56mm(例如,-56mm+/-0.28mm),且第四曲率半径为约-105mm(例如,-105mm+/-0.53mm)。72. A tube lens according to embodiment 65, wherein the tube lens has an effective focal length (EFL) of approximately 162 mm (e.g., 162 mm +/- 0.81 mm), wherein the first radius of curvature is approximately 95 mm (e.g., 95 mm +/- 0.48 mm), the second radius of curvature is approximately 54 mm (e.g., 54 mm +/- 0.27 mm), the third radius of curvature is approximately -56 mm (e.g., -56 mm +/- 0.28 mm), and the fourth radius of curvature is approximately -105 mm (e.g., -105 mm +/- 0.53 mm).
73.根据实施方式65所述的镜筒透镜,其中所述镜筒透镜具有约180mm(例如,180mm+/-0.90mm)的有效焦距(EFL),其中所述第一曲率半径为约95mm(例如,95mm+/-0.48mm),第二曲率半径为约64mm(例如,64mm+/-32mm),第三曲率半径为约-60mm(例如,-60mm+/-0.30mm),且第四曲率半径为约-126mm(例如,-126mm+/-0.63mm)。73. A tube lens according to embodiment 65, wherein the tube lens has an effective focal length (EFL) of approximately 180 mm (e.g., 180 mm +/- 0.90 mm), wherein the first radius of curvature is approximately 95 mm (e.g., 95 mm +/- 0.48 mm), the second radius of curvature is approximately 64 mm (e.g., 64 mm +/- 32 mm), the third radius of curvature is approximately -60 mm (e.g., -60 mm +/- 0.30 mm), and the fourth radius of curvature is approximately -126 mm (e.g., -126 mm +/- 0.63 mm).
74.根据实施方式65所述的镜筒透镜,其中所述镜筒透镜具有约200mm(例如,200mm+/-1.0mm)的有效焦距(EFL),其中所述第一曲率半径为约160mm(例如,160mm+/-0.80mm),第二曲率半径为约-62mm(例如,-62mm+/-0.31mm),第三曲率半径为约-80mm(例如,-80mm+/-0.40mm),且第四曲率半径为约-109mm(例如,-109mm+/-0.55mm)。74. A tube lens according to embodiment 65, wherein the tube lens has an effective focal length (EFL) of approximately 200 mm (e.g., 200 mm +/- 1.0 mm), wherein the first radius of curvature is approximately 160 mm (e.g., 160 mm +/- 0.80 mm), the second radius of curvature is approximately -62 mm (e.g., -62 mm +/- 0.31 mm), the third radius of curvature is approximately -80 mm (e.g., -80 mm +/- 0.40 mm), and the fourth radius of curvature is approximately -109 mm (e.g., -109 mm +/- 0.55 mm).
75.一种对样本的一个或多个微物体进行成像的方法,所述方法包括:75. A method of imaging one or more micro-objects of a sample, the method comprising:
将包含所述一个或多个微物体的样本加载到微流体装置的外壳中;loading a sample comprising the one or more micro-objects into a housing of a microfluidic device;
使用投射到视场中的对应的多个光照射角度来捕获围绕包含所述一个或多个微物体的所述外壳的至少一部分在内的所述视场的多个图像,其中所述多个图像是使用光学设备来捕获,所述光学设备包括:第一光源;结构光调制器,被配置为接收来自所述第一光源的非结构光束并且透射对应于所述多个照明图案中的任一个的结构光束;第一镜筒透镜,被配置为从所述结构光调制器捕获并透射所述结构光束;物镜,被配置为捕获从所述第一镜筒透镜透射的所述结构光束,且将所述结构光束投射到所述视场所围绕的所述微流体装置的所述外壳的所述至少一部分中,其中所述物镜进一步被配置为接收从所述视场内反射或发射的图像光束;第一个二向色分束器,被配置为将从所述第一镜筒透镜接收的所述结构光束反射或透射到所述物镜,且进一步被配置为透射或反射从所述物镜接收的图像光束;第二镜筒透镜,被配置为接收并透射来自所述第一个二向色分束器的所述图像光束;图像传感器,被配置为从所述第二镜筒透镜接收所述图像光束;以及滑动透镜,定位在所述结构光调制器与所述第一镜筒透镜之间,其中所述滑动透镜被配置为支持叠层显微成像技术;以及The method further comprises capturing a plurality of images of a field of view including at least a portion of the housing containing the one or more micro-objects using a corresponding plurality of light illumination angles projected into the field of view, wherein the plurality of images are captured using an optical device comprising: a first light source; a structured light modulator configured to receive an unstructured light beam from the first light source and transmit a structured light beam corresponding to any one of the plurality of illumination patterns; a first tube lens configured to capture and transmit the structured light beam from the structured light modulator; and an objective lens configured to capture the structured light beam transmitted from the first tube lens and project the structured light beam onto all portions of the microfluidic device surrounded by the field of view. wherein the objective lens is further configured to receive an image beam reflected or emitted from within the field of view; a first dichroic beam splitter is configured to reflect or transmit the structured light beam received from the first tube lens to the objective lens, and is further configured to transmit or reflect the image beam received from the objective lens; a second tube lens is configured to receive and transmit the image beam from the first dichroic beam splitter; an image sensor is configured to receive the image beam from the second tube lens; and a sliding lens is positioned between the structured light modulator and the first tube lens, wherein the sliding lens is configured to support a stacked microscopy technique; and
迭代地组合所述多个捕获图像以产生具有比所述捕获图像中的任一者高的分辨率的合成图像。The plurality of captured images are iteratively combined to produce a composite image having a higher resolution than any of the captured images.
76.根据实施方式75所述的方法,其中所述微流体装置包括流动区域,并且其中所述一个或多个微物体位于所述流动区域中。76. A method according to embodiment 75, wherein the microfluidic device includes a flow area, and wherein the one or more micro-objects are located in the flow area.
77.根据实施方式75所述的方法,其中所述微流体装置包括流动区域和多个隔离坞,所述多个隔离坞中的每个隔离坞流体连接到所述流动区域,并且其中所述一个或多个微物体位于所述多个隔离坞和/或所述流动区域中的一个或多个中。77. A method according to embodiment 75, wherein the microfluidic device includes a flow area and a plurality of isolation docks, each isolation dock in the plurality of isolation docks is fluidically connected to the flow area, and wherein the one or more micro-objects are located in one or more of the plurality of isolation docks and/or the flow area.
78.根据实施方式75至77中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述多个捕获的图像包括至少8个图像。在一些实施方式中,所述多个所捕获图像包括至少10、12、16、20、24或更多图像。78. The method of any one of embodiments 75 to 77, wherein the plurality of captured images comprises at least 8 images. In some embodiments, the plurality of captured images comprises at least 10, 12, 16, 20, 24, or more images.
79.根据实施方式75至78中任一项所述的方法,其中所述多个光照射角度由来自于所述结构光调制器的对应的多个不同部分的结构光生成。79. The method of any one of embodiments 75 to 78, wherein the plurality of light illumination angles are generated by structured light from corresponding plurality of different portions of the structured light modulator.
80.根据实施方式79所述的方法,其中所述结构光调制器的所述不同部分是不重叠的(或实质上不重叠的)。80. The method of embodiment 79, wherein the different portions of the structured light modulator are non-overlapping (or substantially non-overlapping).
Claims (33)
Applications Claiming Priority (1)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| US62/429,066 | 2016-12-01 |
Publications (2)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| HK40014693A HK40014693A (en) | 2020-08-21 |
| HK40014693B true HK40014693B (en) | 2022-07-15 |
Family
ID=
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| US11731129B2 (en) | Apparatuses, systems and methods for imaging micro-objects | |
| US20250265711A1 (en) | Automated Detection and Repositioning of Micro-Objects in Microfluidic Devices | |
| US10821439B2 (en) | Movement and selection of micro-objects in a microfluidic apparatus | |
| US10578630B2 (en) | Automated identification of assay areas in a microfluidic device and detection of assay positive areas based on rate of change of image light intensity | |
| US11192108B2 (en) | Actuated microfluidic structures for directed flow in a microfluidic device and methods of use thereof | |
| HK40073401A (en) | Apparatuses, systems and methods for imaging micro-objects | |
| HK40014693B (en) | Apparatuses, systems and methods for imaging micro-objects | |
| HK40014693A (en) | Apparatuses, systems and methods for imaging micro-objects |